Latest compatible version of Classicube from the original GitHub repository (https://github.com/ClassiCube/ClassiCube) that can be compiled on Classicube for PowerMac PPC running Mac OS X 10.4.

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+.SUFFIXES:
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ifeq ($(strip $(DEVKITARM)),)
+$(error "Please set DEVKITARM in your environment. export DEVKITARM=<path to>devkitARM")
+endif
+
+include $(DEVKITARM)/ds_rules
+
+TOPDIR ?= $(CURDIR)/..
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# BUILD is the directory where object files & intermediate files will be placed
+# SOURCES is a list of directories containing source code
+# INCLUDES is a list of directories containing extra header files
+# DATA is a list of directories containing binary files
+# all directories are relative to this makefile
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+BUILD		?=	release
+SOURCES		:=	source ../common/source source/ath source/crypto source/ieee
+INCLUDES	:=	source include build ../common/source ../include ../lwip
+DATA		:=
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# options for code generation
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ARCH	:=	-mthumb-interwork
+
+CFLAGS	:=	-g -Wall -Os\
+			-ffunction-sections -fdata-sections \
+			-mcpu=arm7tdmi -mtune=arm7tdmi -fomit-frame-pointer\
+			-ffast-math \
+			$(ARCH)
+
+CFLAGS	+=	$(INCLUDE) -DARM7 -DARM_IOP
+CXXFLAGS	:=	$(CFLAGS)
+
+
+ASFLAGS	:=	-g $(ARCH) $(INCLUDE) -DARM7 -DARM_IOP
+LDFLAGS	=	-specs=ds_arm7.specs -g $(ARCH) -Wl,-Map,$(notdir $*).map
+
+
+ifneq ($(BUILD),debug)
+export ARM7BIN	:=	$(TOPDIR)/lib/libdsiwifi7.a
+else
+export ARM7BIN	:=	$(TOPDIR)/lib/libdsiwifi7d.a
+CFLAGS	+=	-DSGIP_DEBUG
+endif
+
+
+LIBS	:=
+#-lnds7
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# list of directories containing libraries, this must be the top level containing
+# include and lib
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+LIBDIRS	:=	$(LIBNDS)
+
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# no real need to edit anything past this point unless you need to add additional
+# rules for different file extensions
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ifneq ($(BUILD),$(notdir $(CURDIR)))
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+export DEPSDIR	:=	$(CURDIR)/$(BUILD)
+
+export VPATH	:=	$(foreach dir,$(SOURCES),$(CURDIR)/$(dir))
+
+export CC		:=	$(PREFIX)gcc
+export CXX		:=	$(PREFIX)g++
+export AR		:=	$(PREFIX)ar
+export OBJCOPY	:=	$(PREFIX)objcopy
+
+CFILES		:=	$(foreach dir,$(SOURCES),$(notdir $(wildcard $(dir)/*.c)))
+CPPFILES	:=	$(foreach dir,$(SOURCES),$(notdir $(wildcard $(dir)/*.cpp)))
+SFILES		:=	$(foreach dir,$(SOURCES),$(notdir $(wildcard $(dir)/*.s)))
+BINFILES	:=	$(foreach dir,$(DATA),$(notdir $(wildcard $(dir)/*.*)))
+
+export OFILES	:=	$(addsuffix .o,$(BINFILES)) \
+					$(CPPFILES:.cpp=.o) $(CFILES:.c=.o) $(SFILES:.s=.o)
+
+export INCLUDE	:=	$(foreach dir,$(INCLUDES),-I$(CURDIR)/$(dir)) \
+					$(foreach dir,$(LIBDIRS),-I$(dir)/include) \
+					-I$(CURDIR)/$(BUILD)
+
+export LIBPATHS	:=	$(foreach dir,$(LIBDIRS),-L$(dir)/lib)
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# use CXX for linking C++ projects, CC for standard C
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ifeq ($(strip $(CPPFILES)),)
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	export LD	:=	$(CC)
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+else
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	export LD	:=	$(CXX)
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+endif
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+.PHONY: $(BUILD) clean
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+$(BUILD):
+	@[ -d $@ ] || mkdir -p $@
+	@$(MAKE) --no-print-directory -C $(BUILD) -f $(CURDIR)/Makefile
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+clean:
+	@echo clean ...
+	@rm -fr debug release
+	@rm -f $(TOPDIR)/lib/libdsiwifi7*
+
+all: $(ARM7BIN)
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+else
+
+DEPENDS	:=	$(OFILES:.o=.d)
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# main targets
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+$(ARM7BIN)	:	$(OFILES)
+	@rm -f "$(ARM7BIN)"
+	@$(AR) rcs "$(ARM7BIN)" $(OFILES)
+	@echo built ... $(notdir $@)
+
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# you need a rule like this for each extension you use as binary data
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%.bin.o	:	%.bin
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	@echo $(notdir $<)
+	@$(bin2o)
+
+-include $(DEPENDS)
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+endif
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/ath/bmi.h

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2021 Max Thomas
+ * This file is part of DSiWifi and is distributed under the MIT license.
+ * See dsiwifi_license.txt for terms of use.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DSIWIFI_BMI_H
+#define _DSIWIFI_BMI_H
+
+#define BMI_NOP                 (0x0) // No-op
+#define BMI_DONE                (0x1) // Boot firmware
+#define BMI_READ_MEMORY         (0x2) // Xtensa memory read (u8)
+#define BMI_WRITE_MEMORY        (0x3) // Xtensa memory write (u8)
+#define BMI_EXECUTE             (0x4) // Jump to a boot stub (used to read I2C EEPROM)
+#define BMI_SET_APP_START       (0x5) // Set BMI_DONE entry addr (optional)
+#define BMI_READ_SOC_REGISTER   (0x6) // Xtensa memory read (u32, for IO)
+#define BMI_WRITE_SOC_REGISTER  (0x7) // Xtensa memory write (u32, for IO)
+#define BMI_GET_TARGET_ID       (0x8) // Get ROM version
+#define BMI_ROMPATCH_INSTALL    (0x9) // Install ROM patch
+#define BMI_ROMPATCH_UNINSTALL  (0xA) // Uninstall ROM patch
+#define BMI_ROMPATCH_ACTIVATE   (0xB) // Activate ROM patch
+#define BMI_ROMPATCH_DEACTIVATE (0xC) // Deactivate ROM patch
+#define BMI_LZ_STREAM_START     (0xD) // Begin LZ77 decompression to address
+#define BMI_LZ_DATA             (0xE) // Send LZ77 compressed data
+
+#endif // _DSIWIFI_BMI_H

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/ath/htc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2021 Max Thomas
+ * This file is part of DSiWifi and is distributed under the MIT license.
+ * See dsiwifi_license.txt for terms of use.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DSIWIFI_HTC_H
+#define _DSIWIFI_HTC_H
+
+#include "common.h"
+
+#define HTC_MSG_READY             (1)
+#define HTC_MSG_CONN_SVC          (2)
+#define HTC_MSG_CONN_SVC_RESP     (3)
+#define HTC_MSG_SETUP_COMPLETE    (4)
+#define HTC_MSG_SETUP_COMPLETE_EX (5)
+
+#define HTC_MSG_UNK_0201 (0x0201)
+#define HTC_MSG_UNK_0401 (0x0401)
+
+void htc_handle_pkt(u16 pkt_cmd, u8* pkt_data, u32 len, u32 ack_len);
+void htc_send_pkt(u16 htc_type, u8 ack_type, const void* data, u16 len);
+
+#endif // _DSIWIFI_HTC_H

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/ath/htc.twl.c

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2021 Max Thomas
+ * This file is part of DSiWifi and is distributed under the MIT license.
+ * See dsiwifi_license.txt for terms of use.
+ */
+
+#include "htc.h"
+
+#include "utils.h"
+#include "wifi_debug.h"
+
+#include "ath/mbox.h"
+#include "ath/wmi.h"
+#include "wifi_card.h"
+
+static u8 htc_buffer[0x80];
+
+// WMI handshakes
+
+void htc_handle_pkt(u16 pkt_cmd, u8* pkt_data, u32 len, u32 ack_len)
+{
+    switch (pkt_cmd)
+    {
+        case HTC_MSG_READY:
+        {
+            wifi_printlnf("HTC_MSG_READY, len %02x %02x", len, ack_len);
+            
+            const u8 wmi_handshake_1[6] = {0x0,0x1,0x0,0,0,0};
+            const u8 wmi_handshake_2[6] = {0x1,0x1,0x5,0,0,0};
+            const u8 wmi_handshake_3[6] = {0x2,0x1,0x5,0,0,0};
+            const u8 wmi_handshake_4[6] = {0x3,0x1,0x5,0,0,0};
+            const u8 wmi_handshake_5[6] = {0x4,0x1,0x5,0,0,0};
+
+            // Handshake
+            htc_send_pkt(HTC_MSG_CONN_SVC, MBOXPKT_NOACK, wmi_handshake_1, sizeof(wmi_handshake_1));    
+            wifi_card_mbox0_readpkt();
+            htc_send_pkt(HTC_MSG_CONN_SVC, MBOXPKT_NOACK, wmi_handshake_2, sizeof(wmi_handshake_2));
+            wifi_card_mbox0_readpkt();
+            htc_send_pkt(HTC_MSG_CONN_SVC, MBOXPKT_NOACK, wmi_handshake_3, sizeof(wmi_handshake_3));
+            wifi_card_mbox0_readpkt();
+            htc_send_pkt(HTC_MSG_CONN_SVC, MBOXPKT_NOACK, wmi_handshake_4, sizeof(wmi_handshake_4));
+            wifi_card_mbox0_readpkt();
+            htc_send_pkt(HTC_MSG_CONN_SVC, MBOXPKT_NOACK, wmi_handshake_5, sizeof(wmi_handshake_5));
+            wifi_card_mbox0_readpkt();
+            htc_send_pkt(HTC_MSG_SETUP_COMPLETE, MBOXPKT_NOACK, NULL, 0);
+            
+            wifi_card_write_func1_u32(0x418, 0x010300D1); // INT_STATUS_ENABLE (or 0x1?)
+            wifi_card_write_func0_u8(0x4, 0x3); // CCCR irq_enable, master+func1
+            
+            break;
+        }
+        case HTC_MSG_CONN_SVC_RESP:
+            //wifi_printlnf("HTC_MSG_CONN_SVC_RESP");
+            break;
+        case HTC_MSG_UNK_0201:
+            //wifi_printlnf("HTC_ACK");
+            break;
+        case HTC_MSG_UNK_0401:
+            break;
+        default:
+            wifi_printlnf("HTC pkt ID %04x, len %02x %02x", pkt_cmd, len, ack_len);
+            break;
+    }
+}
+
+void htc_send_pkt(u16 htc_type, u8 ack_type, const void* data, u16 len)
+{
+    memset(htc_buffer, 0, sizeof(htc_buffer));
+    
+    *(u16*)&htc_buffer[0] = htc_type;
+    
+    // Truncate to htc_buffer size
+    if (len > (sizeof(htc_buffer) - sizeof(u16)))
+        len = (sizeof(htc_buffer) - sizeof(u16));
+
+    if (data)
+        memcpy(&htc_buffer[2], data, len);
+    
+    len += sizeof(u16);
+    
+    wifi_card_mbox0_send_packet(MBOXPKT_HTC, ack_type, htc_buffer, len, 0);
+}

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/ath/mbox.h

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2021 Max Thomas
+ * This file is part of DSiWifi and is distributed under the MIT license.
+ * See dsiwifi_license.txt for terms of use.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DSIWIFI_MBOX_H
+#define _DSIWIFI_MBOX_H
+
+#include "common.h"
+
+#define MBOXPKT_HTC    (0)
+#define MBOXPKT_WMI    (1)
+#define MBOXPKT_DATA   (2)
+#define MBOXPKT_DATA_4 (4)
+
+#define MBOXPKT_NOACK  (0)
+#define MBOXPKT_REQACK (1)
+#define MBOXPKT_RETACK (2)
+
+#endif // _DSIWIFI_MBOX_H

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/ath/wmi.h

@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2021 Max Thomas
+ * This file is part of DSiWifi and is distributed under the MIT license.
+ * See dsiwifi_license.txt for terms of use.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _WMI_H
+#define _WMI_H
+
+#include "common.h"
+
+#include "lwip/err.h"
+#include "lwip/netif.h"
+
+// Commands
+#define WMI_CONNECT_CMD                             (0x0001)
+#define WMI_DISCONNECT_CMD                          (0x0003)
+#define WMI_SYNCHRONIZE_CMD                         (0x0004)
+#define WMI_CREATE_PSTREAM_CMD                      (0x0005)
+#define WMI_START_SCAN_CMD                          (0x0007)
+#define WMI_SET_SCAN_PARAMS_CMD                     (0x0008)
+#define WMI_SET_BSS_FILTER_CMD                      (0x0009)
+#define WMI_SET_PROBED_SSID_CMD                     (0x000A)
+#define WMI_SET_DISCONNECT_TIMEOUT_CMD              (0x000D)
+#define WMI_GET_CHANNEL_LIST_CMD                    (0x000E)
+#define WMI_GET_STATISTICS_CMD                      (0x0010)
+#define WMI_SET_CHANNEL_PARAMS_CMD                  (0x0011)
+#define WMI_SET_POWER_MODE_CMD                      (0x0012)
+#define WMI_ADD_CIPHER_KEY_CMD                      (0x0016)
+#define WMI_SET_TX_PWR_CMD                          (0x001B)
+#define WMI_DELETE_BAD_AP_CMD                       (0x001F)
+#define WMI_TARGET_ERROR_REPORT_BITMASK_CMD         (0x0022)
+#define WMI_WMIX_CMD                                (0x002E)
+#define WMI_SET_FIXRATES_CMD                        (0x0034)
+#define WMI_SET_BT_STATUS_CMD                       (0x003B)
+#define WMI_SET_KEEPALIVE_CMD                       (0x003D)
+#define WMI_SET_WSC_STATUS_CMD                      (0x0041)
+#define WMI_SET_HEARTBEAT_TIMEOUT_CMD               (0x0047)
+#define WMI_SET_FRAMERATES_CMD                      (0x0048)
+
+// WMIX Commands
+
+#define WMIX_DBGLOG_CFG_MODULE_CMD      (0x2009)
+#define WMIX_DBGLOG_EVENT               (0x3008)
+
+// Nintendo specific?
+#define WMI_SET_BITRATE_CMD             (0xF000)
+
+// Reponses
+#define WMI_GET_CHANNEL_LIST_RESP       (0x000E)
+
+#define WMI_READY_EVENT                 (0x1001)
+#define WMI_CONNECT_EVENT               (0x1002)
+#define WMI_DISCONNECT_EVENT            (0x1003)
+#define WMI_BSS_INFO_EVENT              (0x1004)
+#define WMI_CMD_ERROR_EVENT             (0x1005)
+#define WMI_REG_DOMAIN_EVENT            (0x1006)
+#define WMI_PSTREAM_TIMEOUT_EVENT       (0x1007)
+#define WMI_NEIGHBOR_REPORT_EVENT       (0x1008)
+#define WMI_TKIP_MICERR_EVENT           (0x1009)
+#define WMI_SCAN_COMPLETE_EVENT         (0x100A)
+#define WMI_REPORT_STATISTICS_EVENT     (0x100B)
+#define WMI_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT        (0x100C)
+#define WMI_TARGET_ERROR_REPORT_EVENT   (0x100D)
+#define WMI_OPT_RX_FRAME_EVENT          (0x100E)
+#define WMI_REPORT_ROAM_TBL_EVENT       (0x100F)
+#define WMI_EXTENSION_EVENT             (0x1010)
+#define WMI_ACL_DATA_EVENT              (0x1025)
+
+typedef struct gtk_keyinfo gtk_keyinfo;
+
+void wmi_handle_pkt(u16 pkt_cmd, u8* pkt_data, u32 len, u32 ack_len);
+void wmi_send_pkt(u16 wmi_type, u8 ack_type, const void* data, u16 len);
+
+void wmi_scan();
+void wmi_dbgoff();
+void wmi_add_cipher_key(u8 idx, u8 usage, const u8* key, const u8* rsc);
+void wmi_tick(void);
+
+void wmi_post_handshake(const u8* tk, const gtk_keyinfo* gtk_info, const u8* rsc);
+
+void wmi_disconnect_cmd();
+
+void wmi_tick_display();
+
+bool wmi_is_ready();
+
+void data_send_wpa_handshake2(const u8* dst_bssid, const u8* src_bssid, u64 replay_cnt);
+void data_send_wpa_handshake4(const u8* dst_bssid, const u8* src_bssid, u64 replay_cnt);
+void data_send_ip(const u8* dst_bssid, const u8* src_bssid, void* ip_data, u32 ip_data_len);
+void data_send_link(void* ip_data, u32 ip_data_len);
+void data_handle_auth(u8* pkt_data, u32 len, const u8* dev_bssid, const u8* ap_bssid);
+void data_send_to_lwip(void* data, u32 len);
+bool wmi_handshake_done();
+
+err_t ath_init_fn(struct netif *netif);
+err_t ath_link_output(struct netif *netif, struct pbuf *p);
+
+u8* wmi_get_mac();
+u8* wmi_get_ap_mac();
+
+#endif // _WMI_H

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/crypto/aes.h

@@ -0,0 +1,624 @@
+/**
+ * \file aes.h
+ *
+ * \brief   This file contains AES definitions and functions.
+ *
+ *          The Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) specifies a FIPS-approved
+ *          cryptographic algorithm that can be used to protect electronic
+ *          data.
+ *
+ *          The AES algorithm is a symmetric block cipher that can
+ *          encrypt and decrypt information. For more information, see
+ *          <em>FIPS Publication 197: Advanced Encryption Standard</em> and
+ *          <em>ISO/IEC 18033-2:2006: Information technology -- Security
+ *          techniques -- Encryption algorithms -- Part 2: Asymmetric
+ *          ciphers</em>.
+ *
+ *          The AES-XTS block mode is standardized by NIST SP 800-38E
+ *          <https://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/legacy/sp/nistspecialpublication800-38e.pdf>
+ *          and described in detail by IEEE P1619
+ *          <https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/servlet/opac?punumber=4375278>.
+ */
+
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
+ *
+ *  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
+ *  not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ *  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ *  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ *  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ *  WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ *  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ *  limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_AES_H
+#define MBEDTLS_AES_H
+#include "private_access.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/* padlock.c and aesni.c rely on these values! */
+#define MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT     1 /**< AES encryption. */
+#define MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT     0 /**< AES decryption. */
+
+/* Error codes in range 0x0020-0x0022 */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH                -0x0020  /**< Invalid key length. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH              -0x0022  /**< Invalid data input length. */
+
+/* Error codes in range 0x0021-0x0025 */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_BAD_INPUT_DATA                    -0x0021  /**< Invalid input data. */
+
+#if ( defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) || defined(_MSC_VER) ) && \
+    !defined(inline) && !defined(__cplusplus)
+#define inline __inline
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_AES_ALT)
+// Regular implementation
+//
+
+/**
+ * \brief The AES context-type definition.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_aes_context
+{
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(nr);                     /*!< The number of rounds. */
+    uint32_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(rk);               /*!< AES round keys. */
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buf)[68];           /*!< Unaligned data buffer. This buffer can
+                                     hold 32 extra Bytes, which can be used for
+                                     one of the following purposes:
+                                     <ul><li>Alignment if VIA padlock is
+                                             used.</li>
+                                     <li>Simplifying key expansion in the 256-bit
+                                         case by generating an extra round key.
+                                         </li></ul> */
+}
+mbedtls_aes_context;
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS)
+/**
+ * \brief The AES XTS context-type definition.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_aes_xts_context
+{
+    mbedtls_aes_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(crypt); /*!< The AES context to use for AES block
+                                        encryption or decryption. */
+    mbedtls_aes_context MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(tweak); /*!< The AES context used for tweak
+                                        computation. */
+} mbedtls_aes_xts_context;
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS */
+
+#else  /* MBEDTLS_AES_ALT */
+#include "aes_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_AES_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function initializes the specified AES context.
+ *
+ *                 It must be the first API called before using
+ *                 the context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The AES context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_aes_init( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx );
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function releases and clears the specified AES context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The AES context to clear.
+ *                 If this is \c NULL, this function does nothing.
+ *                 Otherwise, the context must have been at least initialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_aes_free( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx );
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS)
+/**
+ * \brief          This function initializes the specified AES XTS context.
+ *
+ *                 It must be the first API called before using
+ *                 the context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The AES XTS context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_aes_xts_init( mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx );
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function releases and clears the specified AES XTS context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The AES XTS context to clear.
+ *                 If this is \c NULL, this function does nothing.
+ *                 Otherwise, the context must have been at least initialized.
+ */
+void mbedtls_aes_xts_free( mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx );
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function sets the encryption key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The AES context to which the key should be bound.
+ *                 It must be initialized.
+ * \param key      The encryption key.
+ *                 This must be a readable buffer of size \p keybits bits.
+ * \param keybits  The size of data passed in bits. Valid options are:
+ *                 <ul><li>128 bits</li>
+ *                 <li>192 bits</li>
+ *                 <li>256 bits</li></ul>
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, const unsigned char *key,
+                    unsigned int keybits );
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function sets the decryption key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The AES context to which the key should be bound.
+ *                 It must be initialized.
+ * \param key      The decryption key.
+ *                 This must be a readable buffer of size \p keybits bits.
+ * \param keybits  The size of data passed. Valid options are:
+ *                 <ul><li>128 bits</li>
+ *                 <li>192 bits</li>
+ *                 <li>256 bits</li></ul>
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_aes_setkey_dec( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, const unsigned char *key,
+                    unsigned int keybits );
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS)
+/**
+ * \brief          This function prepares an XTS context for encryption and
+ *                 sets the encryption key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The AES XTS context to which the key should be bound.
+ *                 It must be initialized.
+ * \param key      The encryption key. This is comprised of the XTS key1
+ *                 concatenated with the XTS key2.
+ *                 This must be a readable buffer of size \p keybits bits.
+ * \param keybits  The size of \p key passed in bits. Valid options are:
+ *                 <ul><li>256 bits (each of key1 and key2 is a 128-bit key)</li>
+ *                 <li>512 bits (each of key1 and key2 is a 256-bit key)</li></ul>
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_aes_xts_setkey_enc( mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx,
+                                const unsigned char *key,
+                                unsigned int keybits );
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function prepares an XTS context for decryption and
+ *                 sets the decryption key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The AES XTS context to which the key should be bound.
+ *                 It must be initialized.
+ * \param key      The decryption key. This is comprised of the XTS key1
+ *                 concatenated with the XTS key2.
+ *                 This must be a readable buffer of size \p keybits bits.
+ * \param keybits  The size of \p key passed in bits. Valid options are:
+ *                 <ul><li>256 bits (each of key1 and key2 is a 128-bit key)</li>
+ *                 <li>512 bits (each of key1 and key2 is a 256-bit key)</li></ul>
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_aes_xts_setkey_dec( mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx,
+                                const unsigned char *key,
+                                unsigned int keybits );
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function performs an AES single-block encryption or
+ *                 decryption operation.
+ *
+ *                 It performs the operation defined in the \p mode parameter
+ *                 (encrypt or decrypt), on the input data buffer defined in
+ *                 the \p input parameter.
+ *
+ *                 mbedtls_aes_init(), and either mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc() or
+ *                 mbedtls_aes_setkey_dec() must be called before the first
+ *                 call to this API with the same context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The AES context to use for encryption or decryption.
+ *                 It must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param mode     The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
+ * \param input    The buffer holding the input data.
+ *                 It must be readable and at least \c 16 Bytes long.
+ * \param output   The buffer where the output data will be written.
+ *                 It must be writeable and at least \c 16 Bytes long.
+
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ */
+int mbedtls_aes_crypt_ecb( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
+                    int mode,
+                    const unsigned char input[16],
+                    unsigned char output[16] );
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)
+/**
+ * \brief  This function performs an AES-CBC encryption or decryption operation
+ *         on full blocks.
+ *
+ *         It performs the operation defined in the \p mode
+ *         parameter (encrypt/decrypt), on the input data buffer defined in
+ *         the \p input parameter.
+ *
+ *         It can be called as many times as needed, until all the input
+ *         data is processed. mbedtls_aes_init(), and either
+ *         mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc() or mbedtls_aes_setkey_dec() must be called
+ *         before the first call to this API with the same context.
+ *
+ * \note   This function operates on full blocks, that is, the input size
+ *         must be a multiple of the AES block size of \c 16 Bytes.
+ *
+ * \note   Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
+ *         call the same function again on the next
+ *         block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
+ *         encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
+ *         If you need to retain the contents of the IV, you should
+ *         either save it manually or use the cipher module instead.
+ *
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The AES context to use for encryption or decryption.
+ *                 It must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param mode     The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
+ * \param length   The length of the input data in Bytes. This must be a
+ *                 multiple of the block size (\c 16 Bytes).
+ * \param iv       Initialization vector (updated after use).
+ *                 It must be a readable and writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes.
+ * \param input    The buffer holding the input data.
+ *                 It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes.
+ * \param output   The buffer holding the output data.
+ *                 It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH
+ *                 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_aes_crypt_cbc( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
+                    int mode,
+                    size_t length,
+                    unsigned char iv[16],
+                    const unsigned char *input,
+                    unsigned char *output );
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS)
+/**
+ * \brief      This function performs an AES-XTS encryption or decryption
+ *             operation for an entire XTS data unit.
+ *
+ *             AES-XTS encrypts or decrypts blocks based on their location as
+ *             defined by a data unit number. The data unit number must be
+ *             provided by \p data_unit.
+ *
+ *             NIST SP 800-38E limits the maximum size of a data unit to 2^20
+ *             AES blocks. If the data unit is larger than this, this function
+ *             returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH.
+ *
+ * \param ctx          The AES XTS context to use for AES XTS operations.
+ *                     It must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param mode         The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or
+ *                     #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
+ * \param length       The length of a data unit in Bytes. This can be any
+ *                     length between 16 bytes and 2^24 bytes inclusive
+ *                     (between 1 and 2^20 block cipher blocks).
+ * \param data_unit    The address of the data unit encoded as an array of 16
+ *                     bytes in little-endian format. For disk encryption, this
+ *                     is typically the index of the block device sector that
+ *                     contains the data.
+ * \param input        The buffer holding the input data (which is an entire
+ *                     data unit). This function reads \p length Bytes from \p
+ *                     input.
+ * \param output       The buffer holding the output data (which is an entire
+ *                     data unit). This function writes \p length Bytes to \p
+ *                     output.
+ *
+ * \return             \c 0 on success.
+ * \return             #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH if \p length is
+ *                     smaller than an AES block in size (16 Bytes) or if \p
+ *                     length is larger than 2^20 blocks (16 MiB).
+ */
+int mbedtls_aes_crypt_xts( mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx,
+                           int mode,
+                           size_t length,
+                           const unsigned char data_unit[16],
+                           const unsigned char *input,
+                           unsigned char *output );
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB)
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs an AES-CFB128 encryption or decryption
+ *        operation.
+ *
+ *        It performs the operation defined in the \p mode
+ *        parameter (encrypt or decrypt), on the input data buffer
+ *        defined in the \p input parameter.
+ *
+ *        For CFB, you must set up the context with mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc(),
+ *        regardless of whether you are performing an encryption or decryption
+ *        operation, that is, regardless of the \p mode parameter. This is
+ *        because CFB mode uses the same key schedule for encryption and
+ *        decryption.
+ *
+ * \note  Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
+ *        call the same function again on the next
+ *        block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
+ *        encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
+ *        If you need to retain the contents of the
+ *        IV, you must either save it manually or use the cipher
+ *        module instead.
+ *
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The AES context to use for encryption or decryption.
+ *                 It must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param mode     The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
+ * \param length   The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ * \param iv_off   The offset in IV (updated after use).
+ *                 It must point to a valid \c size_t.
+ * \param iv       The initialization vector (updated after use).
+ *                 It must be a readable and writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes.
+ * \param input    The buffer holding the input data.
+ *                 It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes.
+ * \param output   The buffer holding the output data.
+ *                 It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ */
+int mbedtls_aes_crypt_cfb128( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
+                       int mode,
+                       size_t length,
+                       size_t *iv_off,
+                       unsigned char iv[16],
+                       const unsigned char *input,
+                       unsigned char *output );
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function performs an AES-CFB8 encryption or decryption
+ *        operation.
+ *
+ *        It performs the operation defined in the \p mode
+ *        parameter (encrypt/decrypt), on the input data buffer defined
+ *        in the \p input parameter.
+ *
+ *        Due to the nature of CFB, you must use the same key schedule for
+ *        both encryption and decryption operations. Therefore, you must
+ *        use the context initialized with mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc() for
+ *        both #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT and #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
+ *
+ * \note  Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can
+ *        call the same function again on the next
+ *        block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was
+ *        encrypted in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage.
+ *        If you need to retain the contents of the
+ *        IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher
+ *        module instead.
+ *
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The AES context to use for encryption or decryption.
+ *                 It must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param mode     The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or
+ *                 #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT
+ * \param length   The length of the input data.
+ * \param iv       The initialization vector (updated after use).
+ *                 It must be a readable and writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes.
+ * \param input    The buffer holding the input data.
+ *                 It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes.
+ * \param output   The buffer holding the output data.
+ *                 It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ */
+int mbedtls_aes_crypt_cfb8( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
+                    int mode,
+                    size_t length,
+                    unsigned char iv[16],
+                    const unsigned char *input,
+                    unsigned char *output );
+#endif /*MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB)
+/**
+ * \brief       This function performs an AES-OFB (Output Feedback Mode)
+ *              encryption or decryption operation.
+ *
+ *              For OFB, you must set up the context with
+ *              mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc(), regardless of whether you are
+ *              performing an encryption or decryption operation. This is
+ *              because OFB mode uses the same key schedule for encryption and
+ *              decryption.
+ *
+ *              The OFB operation is identical for encryption or decryption,
+ *              therefore no operation mode needs to be specified.
+ *
+ * \note        Upon exit, the content of iv, the Initialisation Vector, is
+ *              updated so that you can call the same function again on the next
+ *              block(s) of data and get the same result as if it was encrypted
+ *              in one call. This allows a "streaming" usage, by initialising
+ *              iv_off to 0 before the first call, and preserving its value
+ *              between calls.
+ *
+ *              For non-streaming use, the iv should be initialised on each call
+ *              to a unique value, and iv_off set to 0 on each call.
+ *
+ *              If you need to retain the contents of the initialisation vector,
+ *              you must either save it manually or use the cipher module
+ *              instead.
+ *
+ * \warning     For the OFB mode, the initialisation vector must be unique
+ *              every encryption operation. Reuse of an initialisation vector
+ *              will compromise security.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The AES context to use for encryption or decryption.
+ *                 It must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param length   The length of the input data.
+ * \param iv_off   The offset in IV (updated after use).
+ *                 It must point to a valid \c size_t.
+ * \param iv       The initialization vector (updated after use).
+ *                 It must be a readable and writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes.
+ * \param input    The buffer holding the input data.
+ *                 It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes.
+ * \param output   The buffer holding the output data.
+ *                 It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ */
+int mbedtls_aes_crypt_ofb( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
+                       size_t length,
+                       size_t *iv_off,
+                       unsigned char iv[16],
+                       const unsigned char *input,
+                       unsigned char *output );
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR)
+/**
+ * \brief      This function performs an AES-CTR encryption or decryption
+ *             operation.
+ *
+ *             This function performs the operation defined in the \p mode
+ *             parameter (encrypt/decrypt), on the input data buffer
+ *             defined in the \p input parameter.
+ *
+ *             Due to the nature of CTR, you must use the same key schedule
+ *             for both encryption and decryption operations. Therefore, you
+ *             must use the context initialized with mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc()
+ *             for both #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT and #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT.
+ *
+ * \warning    You must never reuse a nonce value with the same key. Doing so
+ *             would void the encryption for the two messages encrypted with
+ *             the same nonce and key.
+ *
+ *             There are two common strategies for managing nonces with CTR:
+ *
+ *             1. You can handle everything as a single message processed over
+ *             successive calls to this function. In that case, you want to
+ *             set \p nonce_counter and \p nc_off to 0 for the first call, and
+ *             then preserve the values of \p nonce_counter, \p nc_off and \p
+ *             stream_block across calls to this function as they will be
+ *             updated by this function.
+ *
+ *             With this strategy, you must not encrypt more than 2**128
+ *             blocks of data with the same key.
+ *
+ *             2. You can encrypt separate messages by dividing the \p
+ *             nonce_counter buffer in two areas: the first one used for a
+ *             per-message nonce, handled by yourself, and the second one
+ *             updated by this function internally.
+ *
+ *             For example, you might reserve the first 12 bytes for the
+ *             per-message nonce, and the last 4 bytes for internal use. In that
+ *             case, before calling this function on a new message you need to
+ *             set the first 12 bytes of \p nonce_counter to your chosen nonce
+ *             value, the last 4 to 0, and \p nc_off to 0 (which will cause \p
+ *             stream_block to be ignored). That way, you can encrypt at most
+ *             2**96 messages of up to 2**32 blocks each with the same key.
+ *
+ *             The per-message nonce (or information sufficient to reconstruct
+ *             it) needs to be communicated with the ciphertext and must be unique.
+ *             The recommended way to ensure uniqueness is to use a message
+ *             counter. An alternative is to generate random nonces, but this
+ *             limits the number of messages that can be securely encrypted:
+ *             for example, with 96-bit random nonces, you should not encrypt
+ *             more than 2**32 messages with the same key.
+ *
+ *             Note that for both stategies, sizes are measured in blocks and
+ *             that an AES block is 16 bytes.
+ *
+ * \warning    Upon return, \p stream_block contains sensitive data. Its
+ *             content must not be written to insecure storage and should be
+ *             securely discarded as soon as it's no longer needed.
+ *
+ * \param ctx              The AES context to use for encryption or decryption.
+ *                         It must be initialized and bound to a key.
+ * \param length           The length of the input data.
+ * \param nc_off           The offset in the current \p stream_block, for
+ *                         resuming within the current cipher stream. The
+ *                         offset pointer should be 0 at the start of a stream.
+ *                         It must point to a valid \c size_t.
+ * \param nonce_counter    The 128-bit nonce and counter.
+ *                         It must be a readable-writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes.
+ * \param stream_block     The saved stream block for resuming. This is
+ *                         overwritten by the function.
+ *                         It must be a readable-writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes.
+ * \param input            The buffer holding the input data.
+ *                         It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes.
+ * \param output           The buffer holding the output data.
+ *                         It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return                 \c 0 on success.
+ */
+int mbedtls_aes_crypt_ctr( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
+                       size_t length,
+                       size_t *nc_off,
+                       unsigned char nonce_counter[16],
+                       unsigned char stream_block[16],
+                       const unsigned char *input,
+                       unsigned char *output );
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR */
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Internal AES block encryption function. This is only
+ *                  exposed to allow overriding it using
+ *                  \c MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT_ALT.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The AES context to use for encryption.
+ * \param input     The plaintext block.
+ * \param output    The output (ciphertext) block.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ */
+int mbedtls_internal_aes_encrypt( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
+                                  const unsigned char input[16],
+                                  unsigned char output[16] );
+
+/**
+ * \brief           Internal AES block decryption function. This is only
+ *                  exposed to allow overriding it using see
+ *                  \c MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT_ALT.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The AES context to use for decryption.
+ * \param input     The ciphertext block.
+ * \param output    The output (plaintext) block.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ */
+int mbedtls_internal_aes_decrypt( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx,
+                                  const unsigned char input[16],
+                                  unsigned char output[16] );
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+/**
+ * \brief          Checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_aes_self_test( int verbose );
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* aes.h */

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/crypto/cipher.h

@@ -0,0 +1,981 @@
+/**
+ * \file cipher.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file contains an abstraction interface for use with the cipher
+ * primitives provided by the library. It provides a common interface to all of
+ * the available cipher operations.
+ *
+ * \author Adriaan de Jong <dejong@fox-it.com>
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
+ *
+ *  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
+ *  not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ *  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ *  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ *  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ *  WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ *  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ *  limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CIPHER_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_H
+#include "private_access.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include "platform_util.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_AEAD
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_WITH_PADDING
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NULL_CIPHER) || \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_STREAM
+#endif
+
+#if ( defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) || defined(_MSC_VER) ) && \
+    !defined(inline) && !defined(__cplusplus)
+#define inline __inline
+#endif
+
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE  -0x6080  /**< The selected feature is not available. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA       -0x6100  /**< Bad input parameters. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_ALLOC_FAILED         -0x6180  /**< Failed to allocate memory. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_INVALID_PADDING      -0x6200  /**< Input data contains invalid padding and is rejected. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FULL_BLOCK_EXPECTED  -0x6280  /**< Decryption of block requires a full block. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_AUTH_FAILED          -0x6300  /**< Authentication failed (for AEAD modes). */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_INVALID_CONTEXT      -0x6380  /**< The context is invalid. For example, because it was freed. */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_VARIABLE_IV_LEN     0x01    /**< Cipher accepts IVs of variable length. */
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_VARIABLE_KEY_LEN    0x02    /**< Cipher accepts keys of variable length. */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief     Supported cipher types.
+ *
+ * \warning   DES is considered weak cipher and its use
+ *            constitutes a security risk. Arm recommends considering stronger
+ *            ciphers instead.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_NONE = 0,  /**< Placeholder to mark the end of cipher ID lists. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_NULL,      /**< The identity cipher, treated as a stream cipher. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_AES,       /**< The AES cipher. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_DES,       /**< The DES cipher. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_3DES,      /**< The Triple DES cipher. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_CAMELLIA,  /**< The Camellia cipher. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_ARIA,      /**< The Aria cipher. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_CHACHA20,  /**< The ChaCha20 cipher. */
+} mbedtls_cipher_id_t;
+
+/**
+ * \brief     Supported {cipher type, cipher mode} pairs.
+ *
+ * \warning   DES is considered weak cipher and its use
+ *            constitutes a security risk. Arm recommends considering stronger
+ *            ciphers instead.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NONE = 0,             /**< Placeholder to mark the end of cipher-pair lists. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NULL,                 /**< The identity stream cipher. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_ECB,          /**< AES cipher with 128-bit ECB mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_ECB,          /**< AES cipher with 192-bit ECB mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_ECB,          /**< AES cipher with 256-bit ECB mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_CBC,          /**< AES cipher with 128-bit CBC mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_CBC,          /**< AES cipher with 192-bit CBC mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_CBC,          /**< AES cipher with 256-bit CBC mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_CFB128,       /**< AES cipher with 128-bit CFB128 mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_CFB128,       /**< AES cipher with 192-bit CFB128 mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_CFB128,       /**< AES cipher with 256-bit CFB128 mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_CTR,          /**< AES cipher with 128-bit CTR mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_CTR,          /**< AES cipher with 192-bit CTR mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_CTR,          /**< AES cipher with 256-bit CTR mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_GCM,          /**< AES cipher with 128-bit GCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_GCM,          /**< AES cipher with 192-bit GCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_GCM,          /**< AES cipher with 256-bit GCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_128_ECB,     /**< Camellia cipher with 128-bit ECB mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_192_ECB,     /**< Camellia cipher with 192-bit ECB mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_256_ECB,     /**< Camellia cipher with 256-bit ECB mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_128_CBC,     /**< Camellia cipher with 128-bit CBC mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_192_CBC,     /**< Camellia cipher with 192-bit CBC mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_256_CBC,     /**< Camellia cipher with 256-bit CBC mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_128_CFB128,  /**< Camellia cipher with 128-bit CFB128 mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_192_CFB128,  /**< Camellia cipher with 192-bit CFB128 mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_256_CFB128,  /**< Camellia cipher with 256-bit CFB128 mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_128_CTR,     /**< Camellia cipher with 128-bit CTR mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_192_CTR,     /**< Camellia cipher with 192-bit CTR mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_256_CTR,     /**< Camellia cipher with 256-bit CTR mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_128_GCM,     /**< Camellia cipher with 128-bit GCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_192_GCM,     /**< Camellia cipher with 192-bit GCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_256_GCM,     /**< Camellia cipher with 256-bit GCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_DES_ECB,              /**< DES cipher with ECB mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_DES_CBC,              /**< DES cipher with CBC mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_DES_EDE_ECB,          /**< DES cipher with EDE ECB mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_DES_EDE_CBC,          /**< DES cipher with EDE CBC mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_DES_EDE3_ECB,         /**< DES cipher with EDE3 ECB mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_DES_EDE3_CBC,         /**< DES cipher with EDE3 CBC mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_CCM,          /**< AES cipher with 128-bit CCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_CCM,          /**< AES cipher with 192-bit CCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_CCM,          /**< AES cipher with 256-bit CCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_128_CCM,     /**< Camellia cipher with 128-bit CCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_192_CCM,     /**< Camellia cipher with 192-bit CCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CAMELLIA_256_CCM,     /**< Camellia cipher with 256-bit CCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_128_ECB,         /**< Aria cipher with 128-bit key and ECB mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_192_ECB,         /**< Aria cipher with 192-bit key and ECB mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_256_ECB,         /**< Aria cipher with 256-bit key and ECB mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_128_CBC,         /**< Aria cipher with 128-bit key and CBC mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_192_CBC,         /**< Aria cipher with 192-bit key and CBC mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_256_CBC,         /**< Aria cipher with 256-bit key and CBC mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_128_CFB128,      /**< Aria cipher with 128-bit key and CFB-128 mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_192_CFB128,      /**< Aria cipher with 192-bit key and CFB-128 mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_256_CFB128,      /**< Aria cipher with 256-bit key and CFB-128 mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_128_CTR,         /**< Aria cipher with 128-bit key and CTR mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_192_CTR,         /**< Aria cipher with 192-bit key and CTR mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_256_CTR,         /**< Aria cipher with 256-bit key and CTR mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_128_GCM,         /**< Aria cipher with 128-bit key and GCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_192_GCM,         /**< Aria cipher with 192-bit key and GCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_256_GCM,         /**< Aria cipher with 256-bit key and GCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_128_CCM,         /**< Aria cipher with 128-bit key and CCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_192_CCM,         /**< Aria cipher with 192-bit key and CCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ARIA_256_CCM,         /**< Aria cipher with 256-bit key and CCM mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_OFB,          /**< AES 128-bit cipher in OFB mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_OFB,          /**< AES 192-bit cipher in OFB mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_OFB,          /**< AES 256-bit cipher in OFB mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_XTS,          /**< AES 128-bit cipher in XTS block mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_XTS,          /**< AES 256-bit cipher in XTS block mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CHACHA20,             /**< ChaCha20 stream cipher. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_CHACHA20_POLY1305,    /**< ChaCha20-Poly1305 AEAD cipher. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_KW,           /**< AES cipher with 128-bit NIST KW mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_KW,           /**< AES cipher with 192-bit NIST KW mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_KW,           /**< AES cipher with 256-bit NIST KW mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_128_KWP,          /**< AES cipher with 128-bit NIST KWP mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_192_KWP,          /**< AES cipher with 192-bit NIST KWP mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_KWP,          /**< AES cipher with 256-bit NIST KWP mode. */
+} mbedtls_cipher_type_t;
+
+/** Supported cipher modes. */
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_MODE_NONE = 0,               /**< None.                        */
+    MBEDTLS_MODE_ECB,                    /**< The ECB cipher mode.         */
+    MBEDTLS_MODE_CBC,                    /**< The CBC cipher mode.         */
+    MBEDTLS_MODE_CFB,                    /**< The CFB cipher mode.         */
+    MBEDTLS_MODE_OFB,                    /**< The OFB cipher mode.         */
+    MBEDTLS_MODE_CTR,                    /**< The CTR cipher mode.         */
+    MBEDTLS_MODE_GCM,                    /**< The GCM cipher mode.         */
+    MBEDTLS_MODE_STREAM,                 /**< The stream cipher mode.      */
+    MBEDTLS_MODE_CCM,                    /**< The CCM cipher mode.         */
+    MBEDTLS_MODE_XTS,                    /**< The XTS cipher mode.         */
+    MBEDTLS_MODE_CHACHAPOLY,             /**< The ChaCha-Poly cipher mode. */
+    MBEDTLS_MODE_KW,                     /**< The SP800-38F KW mode */
+    MBEDTLS_MODE_KWP,                    /**< The SP800-38F KWP mode */
+} mbedtls_cipher_mode_t;
+
+/** Supported cipher padding types. */
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_PADDING_PKCS7 = 0,     /**< PKCS7 padding (default).        */
+    MBEDTLS_PADDING_ONE_AND_ZEROS, /**< ISO/IEC 7816-4 padding.         */
+    MBEDTLS_PADDING_ZEROS_AND_LEN, /**< ANSI X.923 padding.             */
+    MBEDTLS_PADDING_ZEROS,         /**< Zero padding (not reversible). */
+    MBEDTLS_PADDING_NONE,          /**< Never pad (full blocks only).   */
+} mbedtls_cipher_padding_t;
+
+/** Type of operation. */
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_OPERATION_NONE = -1,
+    MBEDTLS_DECRYPT = 0,
+    MBEDTLS_ENCRYPT,
+} mbedtls_operation_t;
+
+enum {
+    /** Undefined key length. */
+    MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_NONE = 0,
+    /** Key length, in bits (including parity), for DES keys. */
+    MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_DES  = 64,
+    /** Key length in bits, including parity, for DES in two-key EDE. */
+    MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_DES_EDE = 128,
+    /** Key length in bits, including parity, for DES in three-key EDE. */
+    MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_DES_EDE3 = 192,
+};
+
+/** Maximum length of any IV, in Bytes. */
+/* This should ideally be derived automatically from list of ciphers.
+ * This should be kept in sync with MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_IV_LENGTH defined
+ * in library/ssl_misc.h. */
+#define MBEDTLS_MAX_IV_LENGTH      16
+
+/** Maximum block size of any cipher, in Bytes. */
+/* This should ideally be derived automatically from list of ciphers.
+ * This should be kept in sync with MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_BLOCK_LENGTH defined
+ * in library/ssl_misc.h. */
+#define MBEDTLS_MAX_BLOCK_LENGTH   16
+
+/** Maximum key length, in Bytes. */
+/* This should ideally be derived automatically from list of ciphers.
+ * For now, only check whether XTS is enabled which uses 64 Byte keys,
+ * and use 32 Bytes as an upper bound for the maximum key length otherwise.
+ * This should be kept in sync with MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_BLOCK_LENGTH defined
+ * in library/ssl_misc.h, which however deliberately ignores the case of XTS
+ * since the latter isn't used in SSL/TLS. */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS)
+#define MBEDTLS_MAX_KEY_LENGTH     64
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_MAX_KEY_LENGTH     32
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS */
+
+/**
+ * Base cipher information (opaque struct).
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_cipher_base_t mbedtls_cipher_base_t;
+
+/**
+ * CMAC context (opaque struct).
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_cmac_context_t mbedtls_cmac_context_t;
+
+/**
+ * Cipher information. Allows calling cipher functions
+ * in a generic way.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_cipher_info_t
+{
+    /** Full cipher identifier. For example,
+     * MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_CBC.
+     */
+    mbedtls_cipher_type_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(type);
+
+    /** The cipher mode. For example, MBEDTLS_MODE_CBC. */
+    mbedtls_cipher_mode_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mode);
+
+    /** The cipher key length, in bits. This is the
+     * default length for variable sized ciphers.
+     * Includes parity bits for ciphers like DES.
+     */
+    unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_bitlen);
+
+    /** Name of the cipher. */
+    const char * MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(name);
+
+    /** IV or nonce size, in Bytes.
+     * For ciphers that accept variable IV sizes,
+     * this is the recommended size.
+     */
+    unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv_size);
+
+    /** Bitflag comprised of MBEDTLS_CIPHER_VARIABLE_IV_LEN and
+     *  MBEDTLS_CIPHER_VARIABLE_KEY_LEN indicating whether the
+     *  cipher supports variable IV or variable key sizes, respectively.
+     */
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(flags);
+
+    /** The block size, in Bytes. */
+    unsigned int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(block_size);
+
+    /** Struct for base cipher information and functions. */
+    const mbedtls_cipher_base_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(base);
+
+} mbedtls_cipher_info_t;
+
+/**
+ * Generic cipher context.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_cipher_context_t
+{
+    /** Information about the associated cipher. */
+    const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info);
+
+    /** Key length to use. */
+    int MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_bitlen);
+
+    /** Operation that the key of the context has been
+     * initialized for.
+     */
+    mbedtls_operation_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(operation);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_WITH_PADDING)
+    /** Padding functions to use, if relevant for
+     * the specific cipher mode.
+     */
+    void (*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(add_padding))( unsigned char *output, size_t olen, size_t data_len );
+    int (*MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(get_padding))( unsigned char *input, size_t ilen, size_t *data_len );
+#endif
+
+    /** Buffer for input that has not been processed yet. */
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(unprocessed_data)[MBEDTLS_MAX_BLOCK_LENGTH];
+
+    /** Number of Bytes that have not been processed yet. */
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(unprocessed_len);
+
+    /** Current IV or NONCE_COUNTER for CTR-mode, data unit (or sector) number
+     * for XTS-mode. */
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv)[MBEDTLS_MAX_IV_LENGTH];
+
+    /** IV size in Bytes, for ciphers with variable-length IVs. */
+    size_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv_size);
+
+    /** The cipher-specific context. */
+    void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_ctx);
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CMAC_C)
+    /** CMAC-specific context. */
+    mbedtls_cmac_context_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cmac_ctx);
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+    /** Indicates whether the cipher operations should be performed
+     *  by Mbed TLS' own crypto library or an external implementation
+     *  of the PSA Crypto API.
+     *  This is unset if the cipher context was established through
+     *  mbedtls_cipher_setup(), and set if it was established through
+     *  mbedtls_cipher_setup_psa().
+     */
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(psa_enabled);
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+
+} mbedtls_cipher_context_t;
+
+/**
+ * \brief This function retrieves the list of ciphers supported
+ *        by the generic cipher module.
+ *
+ *        For any cipher identifier in the returned list, you can
+ *        obtain the corresponding generic cipher information structure
+ *        via mbedtls_cipher_info_from_type(), which can then be used
+ *        to prepare a cipher context via mbedtls_cipher_setup().
+ *
+ *
+ * \return      A statically-allocated array of cipher identifiers
+ *              of type cipher_type_t. The last entry is zero.
+ */
+const int *mbedtls_cipher_list( void );
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function retrieves the cipher-information
+ *                      structure associated with the given cipher name.
+ *
+ * \param cipher_name   Name of the cipher to search for. This must not be
+ *                      \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return              The cipher information structure associated with the
+ *                      given \p cipher_name.
+ * \return              \c NULL if the associated cipher information is not found.
+ */
+const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *mbedtls_cipher_info_from_string( const char *cipher_name );
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function retrieves the cipher-information
+ *                      structure associated with the given cipher type.
+ *
+ * \param cipher_type   Type of the cipher to search for.
+ *
+ * \return              The cipher information structure associated with the
+ *                      given \p cipher_type.
+ * \return              \c NULL if the associated cipher information is not found.
+ */
+const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *mbedtls_cipher_info_from_type( const mbedtls_cipher_type_t cipher_type );
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function retrieves the cipher-information
+ *                      structure associated with the given cipher ID,
+ *                      key size and mode.
+ *
+ * \param cipher_id     The ID of the cipher to search for. For example,
+ *                      #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_AES.
+ * \param key_bitlen    The length of the key in bits.
+ * \param mode          The cipher mode. For example, #MBEDTLS_MODE_CBC.
+ *
+ * \return              The cipher information structure associated with the
+ *                      given \p cipher_id.
+ * \return              \c NULL if the associated cipher information is not found.
+ */
+const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *mbedtls_cipher_info_from_values( const mbedtls_cipher_id_t cipher_id,
+                                              int key_bitlen,
+                                              const mbedtls_cipher_mode_t mode );
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function initializes a \p cipher_context as NONE.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The context to be initialized. This must not be \c NULL.
+ */
+void mbedtls_cipher_init( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx );
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function frees and clears the cipher-specific
+ *                      context of \p ctx. Freeing \p ctx itself remains the
+ *                      responsibility of the caller.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The context to be freed. If this is \c NULL, the
+ *                      function has no effect, otherwise this must point to an
+ *                      initialized context.
+ */
+void mbedtls_cipher_free( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx );
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function prepares a cipher context for
+ *                      use with the given cipher primitive.
+ *
+ * \note                After calling this function, you should call
+ *                      mbedtls_cipher_setkey() and, if the mode uses padding,
+ *                      mbedtls_cipher_set_padding_mode(), then for each
+ *                      message to encrypt or decrypt with this key, either:
+ *                      - mbedtls_cipher_crypt() for one-shot processing with
+ *                      non-AEAD modes;
+ *                      - mbedtls_cipher_auth_encrypt_ext() or
+ *                      mbedtls_cipher_auth_decrypt_ext() for one-shot
+ *                      processing with AEAD modes or NIST_KW;
+ *                      - for multi-part processing, see the documentation of
+ *                      mbedtls_cipher_reset().
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The context to prepare. This must be initialized by
+ *                      a call to mbedtls_cipher_init() first.
+ * \param cipher_info   The cipher to use.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ *                      parameter-verification failure.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_ALLOC_FAILED if allocation of the
+ *                      cipher-specific context fails.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_setup( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+                          const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *cipher_info );
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+/**
+ * \brief               This function initializes a cipher context for
+ *                      PSA-based use with the given cipher primitive.
+ *
+ * \note                See #MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO for information on PSA.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The context to initialize. May not be \c NULL.
+ * \param cipher_info   The cipher to use.
+ * \param taglen        For AEAD ciphers, the length in bytes of the
+ *                      authentication tag to use. Subsequent uses of
+ *                      mbedtls_cipher_auth_encrypt_ext() or
+ *                      mbedtls_cipher_auth_decrypt_ext() must provide
+ *                      the same tag length.
+ *                      For non-AEAD ciphers, the value must be \c 0.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ *                      parameter-verification failure.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_ALLOC_FAILED if allocation of the
+ *                      cipher-specific context fails.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_setup_psa( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+                              const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *cipher_info,
+                              size_t taglen );
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+
+/**
+ * \brief        This function returns the block size of the given cipher.
+ *
+ * \param ctx    The context of the cipher. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return       The block size of the underlying cipher.
+ * \return       \c 0 if \p ctx has not been initialized.
+ */
+static inline unsigned int mbedtls_cipher_get_block_size(
+    const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx )
+{
+    MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_RET( ctx != NULL, 0 );
+    if( ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info) == NULL )
+        return 0;
+
+    return ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info)->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(block_size);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief        This function returns the mode of operation for
+ *               the cipher. For example, MBEDTLS_MODE_CBC.
+ *
+ * \param ctx    The context of the cipher. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return       The mode of operation.
+ * \return       #MBEDTLS_MODE_NONE if \p ctx has not been initialized.
+ */
+static inline mbedtls_cipher_mode_t mbedtls_cipher_get_cipher_mode(
+    const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx )
+{
+    MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_RET( ctx != NULL, MBEDTLS_MODE_NONE );
+    if( ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info) == NULL )
+        return MBEDTLS_MODE_NONE;
+
+    return ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info)->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(mode);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief       This function returns the size of the IV or nonce
+ *              of the cipher, in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \param ctx   The context of the cipher. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return      The recommended IV size if no IV has been set.
+ * \return      \c 0 for ciphers not using an IV or a nonce.
+ * \return      The actual size if an IV has been set.
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_cipher_get_iv_size(
+    const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx )
+{
+    MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_RET( ctx != NULL, 0 );
+    if( ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info) == NULL )
+        return 0;
+
+    if( ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv_size) != 0 )
+        return (int) ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv_size);
+
+    return (int) ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info)->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(iv_size);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function returns the type of the given cipher.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The context of the cipher. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return              The type of the cipher.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NONE if \p ctx has not been initialized.
+ */
+static inline mbedtls_cipher_type_t mbedtls_cipher_get_type(
+    const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx )
+{
+    MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_RET(
+        ctx != NULL, MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NONE );
+    if( ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info) == NULL )
+        return MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NONE;
+
+    return ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info)->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(type);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function returns the name of the given cipher
+ *                      as a string.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The context of the cipher. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return              The name of the cipher.
+ * \return              NULL if \p ctx has not been not initialized.
+ */
+static inline const char *mbedtls_cipher_get_name(
+    const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx )
+{
+    MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_RET( ctx != NULL, 0 );
+    if( ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info) == NULL )
+        return 0;
+
+    return ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info)->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(name);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function returns the key length of the cipher.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The context of the cipher. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return              The key length of the cipher in bits.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_NONE if ctx \p has not been
+ *                      initialized.
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_cipher_get_key_bitlen(
+    const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx )
+{
+    MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_RET(
+        ctx != NULL, MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_NONE );
+    if( ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info) == NULL )
+        return MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_NONE;
+
+    return (int) ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info)->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(key_bitlen);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function returns the operation of the given cipher.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The context of the cipher. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return         The type of operation: #MBEDTLS_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_DECRYPT.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_OPERATION_NONE if \p ctx has not been initialized.
+ */
+static inline mbedtls_operation_t mbedtls_cipher_get_operation(
+    const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx )
+{
+    MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_RET(
+        ctx != NULL, MBEDTLS_OPERATION_NONE );
+    if( ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_info) == NULL )
+        return MBEDTLS_OPERATION_NONE;
+
+    return ctx->MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(operation);
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function sets the key to use with the given context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and
+ *                      bound to a cipher information structure.
+ * \param key           The key to use. This must be a readable buffer of at
+ *                      least \p key_bitlen Bits.
+ * \param key_bitlen    The key length to use, in Bits.
+ * \param operation     The operation that the key will be used for:
+ *                      #MBEDTLS_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_DECRYPT.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ *                      parameter-verification failure.
+ * \return              A cipher-specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_setkey( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+                           const unsigned char *key,
+                           int key_bitlen,
+                           const mbedtls_operation_t operation );
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_WITH_PADDING)
+/**
+ * \brief               This function sets the padding mode, for cipher modes
+ *                      that use padding.
+ *
+ *                      The default passing mode is PKCS7 padding.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and
+ *                      bound to a cipher information structure.
+ * \param mode          The padding mode.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE
+ *                      if the selected padding mode is not supported.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the cipher mode
+ *                      does not support padding.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_set_padding_mode( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+                                     mbedtls_cipher_padding_t mode );
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_WITH_PADDING */
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function sets the initialization vector (IV)
+ *                  or nonce.
+ *
+ * \note            Some ciphers do not use IVs nor nonce. For these
+ *                  ciphers, this function has no effect.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and
+ *                  bound to a cipher information structure.
+ * \param iv        The IV to use, or NONCE_COUNTER for CTR-mode ciphers. This
+ *                  must be a readable buffer of at least \p iv_len Bytes.
+ * \param iv_len    The IV length for ciphers with variable-size IV.
+ *                  This parameter is discarded by ciphers with fixed-size IV.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ *                  parameter-verification failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_set_iv( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+                           const unsigned char *iv,
+                           size_t iv_len );
+
+/**
+ * \brief         This function resets the cipher state.
+ *
+ * \note          With non-AEAD ciphers, the order of calls for each message
+ *                is as follows:
+ *                1. mbedtls_cipher_set_iv() if the mode uses an IV/nonce.
+ *                2. mbedtls_cipher_reset()
+ *                3. mbedtls_cipher_update() one or more times
+ *                4. mbedtls_cipher_finish()
+ *                .
+ *                This sequence can be repeated to encrypt or decrypt multiple
+ *                messages with the same key.
+ *
+ * \note          With AEAD ciphers, the order of calls for each message
+ *                is as follows:
+ *                1. mbedtls_cipher_set_iv() if the mode uses an IV/nonce.
+ *                2. mbedtls_cipher_reset()
+ *                3. mbedtls_cipher_update_ad()
+ *                4. mbedtls_cipher_update() one or more times
+ *                5. mbedtls_cipher_finish()
+ *                6. mbedtls_cipher_check_tag() (for decryption) or
+ *                mbedtls_cipher_write_tag() (for encryption).
+ *                .
+ *                This sequence can be repeated to encrypt or decrypt multiple
+ *                messages with the same key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx     The generic cipher context. This must be bound to a key.
+ *
+ * \return        \c 0 on success.
+ * \return        #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ *                parameter-verification failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_reset( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx );
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C)
+/**
+ * \brief               This function adds additional data for AEAD ciphers.
+ *                      Currently supported with GCM and ChaCha20+Poly1305.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The generic cipher context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param ad            The additional data to use. This must be a readable
+ *                      buffer of at least \p ad_len Bytes.
+ * \param ad_len        The length of \p ad in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              A specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_update_ad( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+                      const unsigned char *ad, size_t ad_len );
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_GCM_C || MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief               The generic cipher update function. It encrypts or
+ *                      decrypts using the given cipher context. Writes as
+ *                      many block-sized blocks of data as possible to output.
+ *                      Any data that cannot be written immediately is either
+ *                      added to the next block, or flushed when
+ *                      mbedtls_cipher_finish() is called.
+ *                      Exception: For MBEDTLS_MODE_ECB, expects a single block
+ *                      in size. For example, 16 Bytes for AES.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and
+ *                      bound to a key.
+ * \param input         The buffer holding the input data. This must be a
+ *                      readable buffer of at least \p ilen Bytes.
+ * \param ilen          The length of the input data.
+ * \param output        The buffer for the output data. This must be able to
+ *                      hold at least `ilen + block_size`. This must not be the
+ *                      same buffer as \p input.
+ * \param olen          The length of the output data, to be updated with the
+ *                      actual number of Bytes written. This must not be
+ *                      \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ *                      parameter-verification failure.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE on an
+ *                      unsupported mode for a cipher.
+ * \return              A cipher-specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_update( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+                           const unsigned char *input,
+                           size_t ilen, unsigned char *output,
+                           size_t *olen );
+
+/**
+ * \brief               The generic cipher finalization function. If data still
+ *                      needs to be flushed from an incomplete block, the data
+ *                      contained in it is padded to the size of
+ *                      the last block, and written to the \p output buffer.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and
+ *                      bound to a key.
+ * \param output        The buffer to write data to. This needs to be a writable
+ *                      buffer of at least \p block_size Bytes.
+ * \param olen          The length of the data written to the \p output buffer.
+ *                      This may not be \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ *                      parameter-verification failure.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FULL_BLOCK_EXPECTED on decryption
+ *                      expecting a full block but not receiving one.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_INVALID_PADDING on invalid padding
+ *                      while decrypting.
+ * \return              A cipher-specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_finish( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+                   unsigned char *output, size_t *olen );
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C)
+/**
+ * \brief               This function writes a tag for AEAD ciphers.
+ *                      Currently supported with GCM and ChaCha20+Poly1305.
+ *                      This must be called after mbedtls_cipher_finish().
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The generic cipher context. This must be initialized,
+ *                      bound to a key, and have just completed a cipher
+ *                      operation through mbedtls_cipher_finish() the tag for
+ *                      which should be written.
+ * \param tag           The buffer to write the tag to. This must be a writable
+ *                      buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes.
+ * \param tag_len       The length of the tag to write.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              A specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_write_tag( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+                      unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len );
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function checks the tag for AEAD ciphers.
+ *                      Currently supported with GCM and ChaCha20+Poly1305.
+ *                      This must be called after mbedtls_cipher_finish().
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The generic cipher context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param tag           The buffer holding the tag. This must be a readable
+ *                      buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes.
+ * \param tag_len       The length of the tag to check.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              A specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_check_tag( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+                      const unsigned char *tag, size_t tag_len );
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_GCM_C || MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief               The generic all-in-one encryption/decryption function,
+ *                      for all ciphers except AEAD constructs.
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The generic cipher context. This must be initialized.
+ * \param iv            The IV to use, or NONCE_COUNTER for CTR-mode ciphers.
+ *                      This must be a readable buffer of at least \p iv_len
+ *                      Bytes.
+ * \param iv_len        The IV length for ciphers with variable-size IV.
+ *                      This parameter is discarded by ciphers with fixed-size
+ *                      IV.
+ * \param input         The buffer holding the input data. This must be a
+ *                      readable buffer of at least \p ilen Bytes.
+ * \param ilen          The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ * \param output        The buffer for the output data. This must be able to
+ *                      hold at least `ilen + block_size`. This must not be the
+ *                      same buffer as \p input.
+ * \param olen          The length of the output data, to be updated with the
+ *                      actual number of Bytes written. This must not be
+ *                      \c NULL.
+ *
+ * \note                Some ciphers do not use IVs nor nonce. For these
+ *                      ciphers, use \p iv = NULL and \p iv_len = 0.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ *                      parameter-verification failure.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FULL_BLOCK_EXPECTED on decryption
+ *                      expecting a full block but not receiving one.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_INVALID_PADDING on invalid padding
+ *                      while decrypting.
+ * \return              A cipher-specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_crypt( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+                  const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len,
+                  const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen,
+                  unsigned char *output, size_t *olen );
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_AEAD) || defined(MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C)
+/**
+ * \brief               The authenticated encryption (AEAD/NIST_KW) function.
+ *
+ * \note                For AEAD modes, the tag will be appended to the
+ *                      ciphertext, as recommended by RFC 5116.
+ *                      (NIST_KW doesn't have a separate tag.)
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and
+ *                      bound to a key, with an AEAD algorithm or NIST_KW.
+ * \param iv            The nonce to use. This must be a readable buffer of
+ *                      at least \p iv_len Bytes and may be \c NULL if \p
+ *                      iv_len is \c 0.
+ * \param iv_len        The length of the nonce. For AEAD ciphers, this must
+ *                      satisfy the constraints imposed by the cipher used.
+ *                      For NIST_KW, this must be \c 0.
+ * \param ad            The additional data to authenticate. This must be a
+ *                      readable buffer of at least \p ad_len Bytes, and may
+ *                      be \c NULL is \p ad_len is \c 0.
+ * \param ad_len        The length of \p ad. For NIST_KW, this must be \c 0.
+ * \param input         The buffer holding the input data. This must be a
+ *                      readable buffer of at least \p ilen Bytes, and may be
+ *                      \c NULL if \p ilen is \c 0.
+ * \param ilen          The length of the input data.
+ * \param output        The buffer for the output data. This must be a
+ *                      writable buffer of at least \p output_len Bytes, and
+ *                      must not be \c NULL.
+ * \param output_len    The length of the \p output buffer in Bytes. For AEAD
+ *                      ciphers, this must be at least \p ilen + \p tag_len.
+ *                      For NIST_KW, this must be at least \p ilen + 8
+ *                      (rounded up to a multiple of 8 if KWP is used);
+ *                      \p ilen + 15 is always a safe value.
+ * \param olen          This will be filled with the actual number of Bytes
+ *                      written to the \p output buffer. This must point to a
+ *                      writable object of type \c size_t.
+ * \param tag_len       The desired length of the authentication tag. For AEAD
+ *                      ciphers, this must match the constraints imposed by
+ *                      the cipher used, and in particular must not be \c 0.
+ *                      For NIST_KW, this must be \c 0.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ *                      parameter-verification failure.
+ * \return              A cipher-specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_auth_encrypt_ext( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+                         const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len,
+                         const unsigned char *ad, size_t ad_len,
+                         const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen,
+                         unsigned char *output, size_t output_len,
+                         size_t *olen, size_t tag_len );
+
+/**
+ * \brief               The authenticated encryption (AEAD/NIST_KW) function.
+ *
+ * \note                If the data is not authentic, then the output buffer
+ *                      is zeroed out to prevent the unauthentic plaintext being
+ *                      used, making this interface safer.
+ *
+ * \note                For AEAD modes, the tag must be appended to the
+ *                      ciphertext, as recommended by RFC 5116.
+ *                      (NIST_KW doesn't have a separate tag.)
+ *
+ * \param ctx           The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and
+ *                      bound to a key, with an AEAD algorithm or NIST_KW.
+ * \param iv            The nonce to use. This must be a readable buffer of
+ *                      at least \p iv_len Bytes and may be \c NULL if \p
+ *                      iv_len is \c 0.
+ * \param iv_len        The length of the nonce. For AEAD ciphers, this must
+ *                      satisfy the constraints imposed by the cipher used.
+ *                      For NIST_KW, this must be \c 0.
+ * \param ad            The additional data to authenticate. This must be a
+ *                      readable buffer of at least \p ad_len Bytes, and may
+ *                      be \c NULL is \p ad_len is \c 0.
+ * \param ad_len        The length of \p ad. For NIST_KW, this must be \c 0.
+ * \param input         The buffer holding the input data. This must be a
+ *                      readable buffer of at least \p ilen Bytes, and may be
+ *                      \c NULL if \p ilen is \c 0.
+ * \param ilen          The length of the input data. For AEAD ciphers this
+ *                      must be at least \p tag_len. For NIST_KW this must be
+ *                      at least \c 8.
+ * \param output        The buffer for the output data. This must be a
+ *                      writable buffer of at least \p output_len Bytes, and
+ *                      may be \c NULL if \p output_len is \c 0.
+ * \param output_len    The length of the \p output buffer in Bytes. For AEAD
+ *                      ciphers, this must be at least \p ilen - \p tag_len.
+ *                      For NIST_KW, this must be at least \p ilen - 8.
+ * \param olen          This will be filled with the actual number of Bytes
+ *                      written to the \p output buffer. This must point to a
+ *                      writable object of type \c size_t.
+ * \param tag_len       The actual length of the authentication tag. For AEAD
+ *                      ciphers, this must match the constraints imposed by
+ *                      the cipher used, and in particular must not be \c 0.
+ *                      For NIST_KW, this must be \c 0.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on
+ *                      parameter-verification failure.
+ * \return              #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_AUTH_FAILED if data is not authentic.
+ * \return              A cipher-specific error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_cipher_auth_decrypt_ext( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx,
+                         const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len,
+                         const unsigned char *ad, size_t ad_len,
+                         const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen,
+                         unsigned char *output, size_t output_len,
+                         size_t *olen, size_t tag_len );
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_AEAD || MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_H */

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/crypto/cipher_wrap.h

@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+/**
+ * \file cipher_wrap.h
+ *
+ * \brief Cipher wrappers.
+ *
+ * \author Adriaan de Jong <dejong@fox-it.com>
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
+ *
+ *  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
+ *  not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ *  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ *  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ *  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ *  WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ *  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ *  limitations under the License.
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_CIPHER_WRAP_H
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_WRAP_H
+
+#include "cipher.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+#include "psa/crypto.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Base cipher information. The non-mode specific functions and values.
+ */
+struct mbedtls_cipher_base_t
+{
+    /** Base Cipher type (e.g. MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_AES) */
+    mbedtls_cipher_id_t cipher;
+
+    /** Encrypt using ECB */
+    int (*ecb_func)( void *ctx, mbedtls_operation_t mode,
+                     const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output );
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC)
+    /** Encrypt using CBC */
+    int (*cbc_func)( void *ctx, mbedtls_operation_t mode, size_t length,
+                     unsigned char *iv, const unsigned char *input,
+                     unsigned char *output );
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB)
+    /** Encrypt using CFB (Full length) */
+    int (*cfb_func)( void *ctx, mbedtls_operation_t mode, size_t length, size_t *iv_off,
+                     unsigned char *iv, const unsigned char *input,
+                     unsigned char *output );
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_OFB)
+    /** Encrypt using OFB (Full length) */
+    int (*ofb_func)( void *ctx, size_t length, size_t *iv_off,
+                     unsigned char *iv,
+                     const unsigned char *input,
+                     unsigned char *output );
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR)
+    /** Encrypt using CTR */
+    int (*ctr_func)( void *ctx, size_t length, size_t *nc_off,
+                     unsigned char *nonce_counter, unsigned char *stream_block,
+                     const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output );
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS)
+    /** Encrypt or decrypt using XTS. */
+    int (*xts_func)( void *ctx, mbedtls_operation_t mode, size_t length,
+                     const unsigned char data_unit[16],
+                     const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output );
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_STREAM)
+    /** Encrypt using STREAM */
+    int (*stream_func)( void *ctx, size_t length,
+                        const unsigned char *input, unsigned char *output );
+#endif
+
+    /** Set key for encryption purposes */
+    int (*setkey_enc_func)( void *ctx, const unsigned char *key,
+                            unsigned int key_bitlen );
+
+    /** Set key for decryption purposes */
+    int (*setkey_dec_func)( void *ctx, const unsigned char *key,
+                            unsigned int key_bitlen);
+
+    /** Allocate a new context */
+    void * (*ctx_alloc_func)( void );
+
+    /** Free the given context */
+    void (*ctx_free_func)( void *ctx );
+
+};
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    mbedtls_cipher_type_t type;
+    const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *info;
+} mbedtls_cipher_definition_t;
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO)
+typedef enum
+{
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PSA_KEY_UNSET = 0,
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PSA_KEY_OWNED, /* Used for PSA-based cipher contexts which */
+                                  /* use raw key material internally imported */
+                                  /* as a volatile key, and which hence need  */
+                                  /* to destroy that key when the context is  */
+                                  /* freed.                                   */
+    MBEDTLS_CIPHER_PSA_KEY_NOT_OWNED, /* Used for PSA-based cipher contexts   */
+                                      /* which use a key provided by the      */
+                                      /* user, and which hence will not be    */
+                                      /* destroyed when the context is freed. */
+} mbedtls_cipher_psa_key_ownership;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    psa_algorithm_t alg;
+    psa_key_id_t slot;
+    mbedtls_cipher_psa_key_ownership slot_state;
+} mbedtls_cipher_context_psa;
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_USE_PSA_CRYPTO */
+
+extern const mbedtls_cipher_definition_t mbedtls_cipher_definitions[];
+
+extern int mbedtls_cipher_supported[];
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_WRAP_H */

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/crypto/common.h

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/**
+ * \file common.h
+ *
+ * \brief Utility macros for internal use in the library
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
+ *
+ *  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
+ *  not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ *  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ *  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ *  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ *  WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ *  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ *  limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_LIBRARY_COMMON_H
+#define MBEDTLS_LIBRARY_COMMON_H
+
+/** Helper to define a function as static except when building invasive tests.
+ *
+ * If a function is only used inside its own source file and should be
+ * declared `static` to allow the compiler to optimize for code size,
+ * but that function has unit tests, define it with
+ * ```
+ * MBEDTLS_STATIC_TESTABLE int mbedtls_foo(...) { ... }
+ * ```
+ * and declare it in a header in the `library/` directory with
+ * ```
+ * #if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS)
+ * int mbedtls_foo(...);
+ * #endif
+ * ```
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS)
+#define MBEDTLS_STATIC_TESTABLE
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_STATIC_TESTABLE static
+#endif
+
+/** Allow library to access its structs' private members.
+ *
+ * Although structs defined in header files are publicly available,
+ * their members are private and should not be accessed by the user.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ALLOW_PRIVATE_ACCESS
+
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS5_C
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA1_C
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_C
+#define MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C
+#define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_C
+#define MBEDTLS_AES_C
+
+#define mbedtls_platform_zeroize(a,b) ;
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_LIBRARY_COMMON_H */

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/crypto/error.h

@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+/**
+ * \file error.h
+ *
+ * \brief Error to string translation
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
+ *
+ *  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
+ *  not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ *  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ *  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ *  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ *  WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ *  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ *  limitations under the License.
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_ERROR_H
+#define MBEDTLS_ERROR_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#if ( defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) || defined(_MSC_VER) ) && \
+    !defined(inline) && !defined(__cplusplus)
+#define inline __inline
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Error code layout.
+ *
+ * Currently we try to keep all error codes within the negative space of 16
+ * bits signed integers to support all platforms (-0x0001 - -0x7FFF). In
+ * addition we'd like to give two layers of information on the error if
+ * possible.
+ *
+ * For that purpose the error codes are segmented in the following manner:
+ *
+ * 16 bit error code bit-segmentation
+ *
+ * 1 bit  - Unused (sign bit)
+ * 3 bits - High level module ID
+ * 5 bits - Module-dependent error code
+ * 7 bits - Low level module errors
+ *
+ * For historical reasons, low-level error codes are divided in even and odd,
+ * even codes were assigned first, and -1 is reserved for other errors.
+ *
+ * Low-level module errors (0x0002-0x007E, 0x0001-0x007F)
+ *
+ * Module   Nr  Codes assigned
+ * ERROR     2  0x006E          0x0001
+ * MPI       7  0x0002-0x0010
+ * GCM       3  0x0012-0x0014   0x0013-0x0013
+ * THREADING 3  0x001A-0x001E
+ * AES       5  0x0020-0x0022   0x0021-0x0025
+ * CAMELLIA  3  0x0024-0x0026   0x0027-0x0027
+ * BASE64    2  0x002A-0x002C
+ * OID       1  0x002E-0x002E   0x000B-0x000B
+ * PADLOCK   1  0x0030-0x0030
+ * DES       2  0x0032-0x0032   0x0033-0x0033
+ * CTR_DBRG  4  0x0034-0x003A
+ * ENTROPY   3  0x003C-0x0040   0x003D-0x003F
+ * NET      13  0x0042-0x0052   0x0043-0x0049
+ * ARIA      4  0x0058-0x005E
+ * ASN1      7  0x0060-0x006C
+ * CMAC      1  0x007A-0x007A
+ * PBKDF2    1  0x007C-0x007C
+ * HMAC_DRBG 4                  0x0003-0x0009
+ * CCM       3                  0x000D-0x0011
+ * MD5       1                  0x002F-0x002F
+ * RIPEMD160 1                  0x0031-0x0031
+ * SHA1      1                  0x0035-0x0035 0x0073-0x0073
+ * SHA256    1                  0x0037-0x0037 0x0074-0x0074
+ * SHA512    1                  0x0039-0x0039 0x0075-0x0075
+ * CHACHA20  3                  0x0051-0x0055
+ * POLY1305  3                  0x0057-0x005B
+ * CHACHAPOLY 2 0x0054-0x0056
+ * PLATFORM  2  0x0070-0x0072
+ *
+ * High-level module nr (3 bits - 0x0...-0x7...)
+ * Name      ID  Nr of Errors
+ * PEM       1   9
+ * PKCS#12   1   4 (Started from top)
+ * X509      2   20
+ * PKCS5     2   4 (Started from top)
+ * DHM       3   11
+ * PK        3   15 (Started from top)
+ * RSA       4   11
+ * ECP       4   10 (Started from top)
+ * MD        5   5
+ * HKDF      5   1 (Started from top)
+ * SSL       5   2 (Started from 0x5F00)
+ * CIPHER    6   8 (Started from 0x6080)
+ * SSL       6   22 (Started from top, plus 0x6000)
+ * SSL       7   20 (Started from 0x7000, gaps at
+ *                   0x7380, 0x7900-0x7980, 0x7A80-0x7E80)
+ *
+ * Module dependent error code (5 bits 0x.00.-0x.F8.)
+ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ERROR_GENERIC_ERROR       -0x0001  /**< Generic error */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED -0x006E  /**< This is a bug in the library */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_HW_ACCEL_FAILED     -0x0070 /**< Hardware accelerator failed */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED -0x0072 /**< The requested feature is not supported by the platform */
+
+/**
+ * \brief Combines a high-level and low-level error code together.
+ *
+ *        Wrapper macro for mbedtls_error_add(). See that function for
+ *        more details.
+ */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERROR_ADD( high, low ) \
+        mbedtls_error_add( high, low, __FILE__, __LINE__ )
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS)
+/**
+ * \brief Testing hook called before adding/combining two error codes together.
+ *        Only used when invasive testing is enabled via MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS.
+ */
+extern void (*mbedtls_test_hook_error_add)( int, int, const char *, int );
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief Combines a high-level and low-level error code together.
+ *
+ *        This function can be called directly however it is usually
+ *        called via the #MBEDTLS_ERROR_ADD macro.
+ *
+ *        While a value of zero is not a negative error code, it is still an
+ *        error code (that denotes success) and can be combined with both a
+ *        negative error code or another value of zero.
+ *
+ * \note  When invasive testing is enabled via #MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS, also try to
+ *        call \link mbedtls_test_hook_error_add \endlink.
+ *
+ * \param high      high-level error code. See error.h for more details.
+ * \param low       low-level error code. See error.h for more details.
+ * \param file      file where this error code addition occurred.
+ * \param line      line where this error code addition occurred.
+ */
+static inline int mbedtls_error_add( int high, int low,
+                                     const char *file, int line )
+{
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_TEST_HOOKS)
+    if( *mbedtls_test_hook_error_add != NULL )
+        ( *mbedtls_test_hook_error_add )( high, low, file, line );
+#endif
+    (void)file;
+    (void)line;
+
+    return( high + low );
+}
+
+/**
+ * \brief Translate a mbed TLS error code into a string representation,
+ *        Result is truncated if necessary and always includes a terminating
+ *        null byte.
+ *
+ * \param errnum    error code
+ * \param buffer    buffer to place representation in
+ * \param buflen    length of the buffer
+ */
+void mbedtls_strerror( int errnum, char *buffer, size_t buflen );
+
+/**
+ * \brief Translate the high-level part of an Mbed TLS error code into a string
+ *        representation.
+ *
+ * This function returns a const pointer to an un-modifiable string. The caller
+ * must not try to modify the string. It is intended to be used mostly for
+ * logging purposes.
+ *
+ * \param error_code    error code
+ *
+ * \return The string representation of the error code, or \c NULL if the error
+ *         code is unknown.
+ */
+const char * mbedtls_high_level_strerr( int error_code );
+
+/**
+ * \brief Translate the low-level part of an Mbed TLS error code into a string
+ *        representation.
+ *
+ * This function returns a const pointer to an un-modifiable string. The caller
+ * must not try to modify the string. It is intended to be used mostly for
+ * logging purposes.
+ *
+ * \param error_code    error code
+ *
+ * \return The string representation of the error code, or \c NULL if the error
+ *         code is unknown.
+ */
+const char * mbedtls_low_level_strerr( int error_code );
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* error.h */

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/crypto/md.h

@@ -0,0 +1,444 @@
+ /**
+ * \file md.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file contains the generic message-digest wrapper.
+ *
+ * \author Adriaan de Jong <dejong@fox-it.com>
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
+ *
+ *  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
+ *  not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ *  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ *  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ *  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ *  WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ *  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ *  limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_MD_H
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_H
+#include "private_access.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE                -0x5080  /**< The selected feature is not available. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA                     -0x5100  /**< Bad input parameters to function. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_ALLOC_FAILED                       -0x5180  /**< Failed to allocate memory. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_FILE_IO_ERROR                      -0x5200  /**< Opening or reading of file failed. */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief     Supported message digests.
+ *
+ * \warning   MD5 and SHA-1 are considered weak message digests and
+ *            their use constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *            stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ */
+typedef enum {
+    MBEDTLS_MD_NONE=0,    /**< None. */
+    MBEDTLS_MD_MD5,       /**< The MD5 message digest. */
+    MBEDTLS_MD_SHA1,      /**< The SHA-1 message digest. */
+    MBEDTLS_MD_SHA224,    /**< The SHA-224 message digest. */
+    MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256,    /**< The SHA-256 message digest. */
+    MBEDTLS_MD_SHA384,    /**< The SHA-384 message digest. */
+    MBEDTLS_MD_SHA512,    /**< The SHA-512 message digest. */
+    MBEDTLS_MD_RIPEMD160, /**< The RIPEMD-160 message digest. */
+} mbedtls_md_type_t;
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_SIZE         64  /* longest known is SHA512 */
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_SIZE         32  /* longest known is SHA256 or less */
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_C)
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE         128
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE         64
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Opaque struct.
+ *
+ * Constructed using either #mbedtls_md_info_from_string or
+ * #mbedtls_md_info_from_type.
+ *
+ * Fields can be accessed with #mbedtls_md_get_size,
+ * #mbedtls_md_get_type and #mbedtls_md_get_name.
+ */
+/* Defined internally in library/md_wrap.h. */
+typedef struct mbedtls_md_info_t mbedtls_md_info_t;
+
+/**
+ * The generic message-digest context.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_md_context_t
+{
+    /** Information about the associated message digest. */
+    const mbedtls_md_info_t *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(md_info);
+
+    /** The digest-specific context. */
+    void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(md_ctx);
+
+    /** The HMAC part of the context. */
+    void *MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(hmac_ctx);
+} mbedtls_md_context_t;
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function returns the list of digests supported by the
+ *                  generic digest module.
+ *
+ * \note            The list starts with the strongest available hashes.
+ *
+ * \return          A statically allocated array of digests. Each element
+ *                  in the returned list is an integer belonging to the
+ *                  message-digest enumeration #mbedtls_md_type_t.
+ *                  The last entry is 0.
+ */
+const int *mbedtls_md_list( void );
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function returns the message-digest information
+ *                  associated with the given digest name.
+ *
+ * \param md_name   The name of the digest to search for.
+ *
+ * \return          The message-digest information associated with \p md_name.
+ * \return          NULL if the associated message-digest information is not found.
+ */
+const mbedtls_md_info_t *mbedtls_md_info_from_string( const char *md_name );
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function returns the message-digest information
+ *                  associated with the given digest type.
+ *
+ * \param md_type   The type of digest to search for.
+ *
+ * \return          The message-digest information associated with \p md_type.
+ * \return          NULL if the associated message-digest information is not found.
+ */
+const mbedtls_md_info_t *mbedtls_md_info_from_type( mbedtls_md_type_t md_type );
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function initializes a message-digest context without
+ *                  binding it to a particular message-digest algorithm.
+ *
+ *                  This function should always be called first. It prepares the
+ *                  context for mbedtls_md_setup() for binding it to a
+ *                  message-digest algorithm.
+ */
+void mbedtls_md_init( mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx );
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function clears the internal structure of \p ctx and
+ *                  frees any embedded internal structure, but does not free
+ *                  \p ctx itself.
+ *
+ *                  If you have called mbedtls_md_setup() on \p ctx, you must
+ *                  call mbedtls_md_free() when you are no longer using the
+ *                  context.
+ *                  Calling this function if you have previously
+ *                  called mbedtls_md_init() and nothing else is optional.
+ *                  You must not call this function if you have not called
+ *                  mbedtls_md_init().
+ */
+void mbedtls_md_free( mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx );
+
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function selects the message digest algorithm to use,
+ *                  and allocates internal structures.
+ *
+ *                  It should be called after mbedtls_md_init() or
+ *                  mbedtls_md_free(). Makes it necessary to call
+ *                  mbedtls_md_free() later.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The context to set up.
+ * \param md_info   The information structure of the message-digest algorithm
+ *                  to use.
+ * \param hmac      Defines if HMAC is used. 0: HMAC is not used (saves some memory),
+ *                  or non-zero: HMAC is used with this context.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification
+ *                  failure.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_md_setup( mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info, int hmac );
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function clones the state of an message-digest
+ *                  context.
+ *
+ * \note            You must call mbedtls_md_setup() on \c dst before calling
+ *                  this function.
+ *
+ * \note            The two contexts must have the same type,
+ *                  for example, both are SHA-256.
+ *
+ * \warning         This function clones the message-digest state, not the
+ *                  HMAC state.
+ *
+ * \param dst       The destination context.
+ * \param src       The context to be cloned.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_md_clone( mbedtls_md_context_t *dst,
+                      const mbedtls_md_context_t *src );
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function extracts the message-digest size from the
+ *                  message-digest information structure.
+ *
+ * \param md_info   The information structure of the message-digest algorithm
+ *                  to use.
+ *
+ * \return          The size of the message-digest output in Bytes.
+ */
+unsigned char mbedtls_md_get_size( const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info );
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function extracts the message-digest type from the
+ *                  message-digest information structure.
+ *
+ * \param md_info   The information structure of the message-digest algorithm
+ *                  to use.
+ *
+ * \return          The type of the message digest.
+ */
+mbedtls_md_type_t mbedtls_md_get_type( const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info );
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function extracts the message-digest name from the
+ *                  message-digest information structure.
+ *
+ * \param md_info   The information structure of the message-digest algorithm
+ *                  to use.
+ *
+ * \return          The name of the message digest.
+ */
+const char *mbedtls_md_get_name( const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info );
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function starts a message-digest computation.
+ *
+ *                  You must call this function after setting up the context
+ *                  with mbedtls_md_setup(), and before passing data with
+ *                  mbedtls_md_update().
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The generic message-digest context.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification
+ *                  failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_md_starts( mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx );
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing
+ *                  message-digest computation.
+ *
+ *                  You must call mbedtls_md_starts() before calling this
+ *                  function. You may call this function multiple times.
+ *                  Afterwards, call mbedtls_md_finish().
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The generic message-digest context.
+ * \param input     The buffer holding the input data.
+ * \param ilen      The length of the input data.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification
+ *                  failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_md_update( mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen );
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function finishes the digest operation,
+ *                  and writes the result to the output buffer.
+ *
+ *                  Call this function after a call to mbedtls_md_starts(),
+ *                  followed by any number of calls to mbedtls_md_update().
+ *                  Afterwards, you may either clear the context with
+ *                  mbedtls_md_free(), or call mbedtls_md_starts() to reuse
+ *                  the context for another digest operation with the same
+ *                  algorithm.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The generic message-digest context.
+ * \param output    The buffer for the generic message-digest checksum result.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification
+ *                  failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_md_finish( mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, unsigned char *output );
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function calculates the message-digest of a buffer,
+ *                 with respect to a configurable message-digest algorithm
+ *                 in a single call.
+ *
+ *                 The result is calculated as
+ *                 Output = message_digest(input buffer).
+ *
+ * \param md_info  The information structure of the message-digest algorithm
+ *                 to use.
+ * \param input    The buffer holding the data.
+ * \param ilen     The length of the input data.
+ * \param output   The generic message-digest checksum result.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification
+ *                 failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_md( const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info, const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen,
+        unsigned char *output );
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
+/**
+ * \brief          This function calculates the message-digest checksum
+ *                 result of the contents of the provided file.
+ *
+ *                 The result is calculated as
+ *                 Output = message_digest(file contents).
+ *
+ * \param md_info  The information structure of the message-digest algorithm
+ *                 to use.
+ * \param path     The input file name.
+ * \param output   The generic message-digest checksum result.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_FILE_IO_ERROR on an I/O error accessing
+ *                 the file pointed by \p path.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \p md_info was NULL.
+ */
+int mbedtls_md_file( const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info, const char *path,
+                     unsigned char *output );
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function sets the HMAC key and prepares to
+ *                  authenticate a new message.
+ *
+ *                  Call this function after mbedtls_md_setup(), to use
+ *                  the MD context for an HMAC calculation, then call
+ *                  mbedtls_md_hmac_update() to provide the input data, and
+ *                  mbedtls_md_hmac_finish() to get the HMAC value.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The message digest context containing an embedded HMAC
+ *                  context.
+ * \param key       The HMAC secret key.
+ * \param keylen    The length of the HMAC key in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification
+ *                  failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_md_hmac_starts( mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, const unsigned char *key,
+                    size_t keylen );
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing HMAC
+ *                  computation.
+ *
+ *                  Call mbedtls_md_hmac_starts() or mbedtls_md_hmac_reset()
+ *                  before calling this function.
+ *                  You may call this function multiple times to pass the
+ *                  input piecewise.
+ *                  Afterwards, call mbedtls_md_hmac_finish().
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The message digest context containing an embedded HMAC
+ *                  context.
+ * \param input     The buffer holding the input data.
+ * \param ilen      The length of the input data.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification
+ *                  failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_md_hmac_update( mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, const unsigned char *input,
+                    size_t ilen );
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function finishes the HMAC operation, and writes
+ *                  the result to the output buffer.
+ *
+ *                  Call this function after mbedtls_md_hmac_starts() and
+ *                  mbedtls_md_hmac_update() to get the HMAC value. Afterwards
+ *                  you may either call mbedtls_md_free() to clear the context,
+ *                  or call mbedtls_md_hmac_reset() to reuse the context with
+ *                  the same HMAC key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The message digest context containing an embedded HMAC
+ *                  context.
+ * \param output    The generic HMAC checksum result.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification
+ *                  failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_md_hmac_finish( mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, unsigned char *output);
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function prepares to authenticate a new message with
+ *                  the same key as the previous HMAC operation.
+ *
+ *                  You may call this function after mbedtls_md_hmac_finish().
+ *                  Afterwards call mbedtls_md_hmac_update() to pass the new
+ *                  input.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The message digest context containing an embedded HMAC
+ *                  context.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification
+ *                  failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_md_hmac_reset( mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx );
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function calculates the full generic HMAC
+ *                 on the input buffer with the provided key.
+ *
+ *                 The function allocates the context, performs the
+ *                 calculation, and frees the context.
+ *
+ *                 The HMAC result is calculated as
+ *                 output = generic HMAC(hmac key, input buffer).
+ *
+ * \param md_info  The information structure of the message-digest algorithm
+ *                 to use.
+ * \param key      The HMAC secret key.
+ * \param keylen   The length of the HMAC secret key in Bytes.
+ * \param input    The buffer holding the input data.
+ * \param ilen     The length of the input data.
+ * \param output   The generic HMAC result.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         #MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA on parameter-verification
+ *                 failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_md_hmac( const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info, const unsigned char *key, size_t keylen,
+                const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen,
+                unsigned char *output );
+
+/* Internal use */
+int mbedtls_md_process( mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, const unsigned char *data );
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_MD_H */

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/crypto/md.twl.c

@@ -0,0 +1,423 @@
+/**
+ * \file md.c
+ *
+ * \brief Generic message digest wrapper for mbed TLS
+ *
+ * \author Adriaan de Jong <dejong@fox-it.com>
+ *
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
+ *
+ *  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
+ *  not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ *  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ *  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ *  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ *  WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ *  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ *  limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#include "common.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD_C)
+
+#include "md.h"
+#include "md_wrap.h"
+#include "platform_util.h"
+#include "error.h"
+
+#include "sha1.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#define mbedtls_calloc    calloc
+#define mbedtls_free       free
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
+#include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_C)
+const mbedtls_md_info_t mbedtls_sha1_info = {
+    "SHA1",
+    MBEDTLS_MD_SHA1,
+    20,
+    64,
+};
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Reminder: update profiles in x509_crt.c when adding a new hash!
+ */
+static const int supported_digests[] = {
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_C)
+        MBEDTLS_MD_SHA1,
+#endif
+
+        MBEDTLS_MD_NONE
+};
+
+const int *mbedtls_md_list( void )
+{
+    return( supported_digests );
+}
+
+const mbedtls_md_info_t *mbedtls_md_info_from_string( const char *md_name )
+{
+    if( NULL == md_name )
+        return( NULL );
+
+    /* Get the appropriate digest information */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_C)
+    if( !strcmp( "SHA1", md_name ) || !strcmp( "SHA", md_name ) )
+        return mbedtls_md_info_from_type( MBEDTLS_MD_SHA1 );
+#endif
+    return( NULL );
+}
+
+const mbedtls_md_info_t *mbedtls_md_info_from_type( mbedtls_md_type_t md_type )
+{
+    switch( md_type )
+    {
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_C)
+        case MBEDTLS_MD_SHA1:
+            return( &mbedtls_sha1_info );
+#endif
+        default:
+            return( NULL );
+    }
+}
+
+void mbedtls_md_init( mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx )
+{
+    memset( ctx, 0, sizeof( mbedtls_md_context_t ) );
+}
+
+void mbedtls_md_free( mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx )
+{
+    if( ctx == NULL || ctx->md_info == NULL )
+        return;
+
+    if( ctx->md_ctx != NULL )
+    {
+        switch( ctx->md_info->type )
+        {
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_C)
+            case MBEDTLS_MD_SHA1:
+                mbedtls_sha1_free( ctx->md_ctx );
+                break;
+#endif
+            default:
+                /* Shouldn't happen */
+                break;
+        }
+        mbedtls_free( ctx->md_ctx );
+    }
+
+    if( ctx->hmac_ctx != NULL )
+    {
+        mbedtls_free( ctx->hmac_ctx );
+    }
+}
+
+int mbedtls_md_clone( mbedtls_md_context_t *dst,
+                      const mbedtls_md_context_t *src )
+{
+    if( dst == NULL || dst->md_info == NULL ||
+        src == NULL || src->md_info == NULL ||
+        dst->md_info != src->md_info )
+    {
+        return( MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
+    }
+
+    switch( src->md_info->type )
+    {
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_C)
+        case MBEDTLS_MD_SHA1:
+            mbedtls_sha1_clone( dst->md_ctx, src->md_ctx );
+            break;
+#endif
+        default:
+            return( MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
+    }
+
+    return( 0 );
+}
+
+#define ALLOC( type )                                                   \
+    do {                                                                \
+        ctx->md_ctx = mbedtls_calloc( 1, sizeof( mbedtls_##type##_context ) ); \
+        if( ctx->md_ctx == NULL )                                       \
+            return( MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_ALLOC_FAILED );                      \
+        mbedtls_##type##_init( ctx->md_ctx );                           \
+    }                                                                   \
+    while( 0 )
+
+int mbedtls_md_setup( mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info, int hmac )
+{
+    if( md_info == NULL || ctx == NULL )
+        return( MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
+
+    ctx->md_info = md_info;
+    ctx->md_ctx = NULL;
+    ctx->hmac_ctx = NULL;
+
+    switch( md_info->type )
+    {
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_C)
+        case MBEDTLS_MD_SHA1:
+            ALLOC( sha1 );
+            break;
+#endif
+        default:
+            return( MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
+    }
+
+    if( hmac != 0 )
+    {
+        ctx->hmac_ctx = mbedtls_calloc( 2, md_info->block_size );
+        if( ctx->hmac_ctx == NULL )
+        {
+            mbedtls_md_free( ctx );
+            return( MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_ALLOC_FAILED );
+        }
+    }
+
+    return( 0 );
+}
+#undef ALLOC
+
+int mbedtls_md_starts( mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx )
+{
+    if( ctx == NULL || ctx->md_info == NULL )
+        return( MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
+
+    switch( ctx->md_info->type )
+    {
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_C)
+        case MBEDTLS_MD_SHA1:
+            return( mbedtls_sha1_starts( ctx->md_ctx ) );
+#endif
+        default:
+            return( MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
+    }
+}
+
+int mbedtls_md_update( mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen )
+{
+    if( ctx == NULL || ctx->md_info == NULL )
+        return( MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
+
+    switch( ctx->md_info->type )
+    {
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_C)
+        case MBEDTLS_MD_SHA1:
+            return( mbedtls_sha1_update( ctx->md_ctx, input, ilen ) );
+#endif
+        default:
+            return( MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
+    }
+}
+
+int mbedtls_md_finish( mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, unsigned char *output )
+{
+    if( ctx == NULL || ctx->md_info == NULL )
+        return( MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
+
+    switch( ctx->md_info->type )
+    {
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_C)
+        case MBEDTLS_MD_SHA1:
+            return( mbedtls_sha1_finish( ctx->md_ctx, output ) );
+#endif
+        default:
+            return( MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
+    }
+}
+
+int mbedtls_md( const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info, const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen,
+            unsigned char *output )
+{
+    if( md_info == NULL )
+        return( MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
+
+    switch( md_info->type )
+    {
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_C)
+        case MBEDTLS_MD_SHA1:
+            return( mbedtls_sha1( input, ilen, output ) );
+#endif
+        default:
+            return( MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
+    }
+}
+
+int mbedtls_md_hmac_starts( mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, const unsigned char *key, size_t keylen )
+{
+    int ret = MBEDTLS_ERR_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED;
+    unsigned char sum[MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_SIZE];
+    unsigned char *ipad, *opad;
+    size_t i;
+
+    if( ctx == NULL || ctx->md_info == NULL || ctx->hmac_ctx == NULL )
+        return( MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
+
+    if( keylen > (size_t) ctx->md_info->block_size )
+    {
+        if( ( ret = mbedtls_md_starts( ctx ) ) != 0 )
+            goto cleanup;
+        if( ( ret = mbedtls_md_update( ctx, key, keylen ) ) != 0 )
+            goto cleanup;
+        if( ( ret = mbedtls_md_finish( ctx, sum ) ) != 0 )
+            goto cleanup;
+
+        keylen = ctx->md_info->size;
+        key = sum;
+    }
+
+    ipad = (unsigned char *) ctx->hmac_ctx;
+    opad = (unsigned char *) ctx->hmac_ctx + ctx->md_info->block_size;
+
+    memset( ipad, 0x36, ctx->md_info->block_size );
+    memset( opad, 0x5C, ctx->md_info->block_size );
+
+    for( i = 0; i < keylen; i++ )
+    {
+        ipad[i] = (unsigned char)( ipad[i] ^ key[i] );
+        opad[i] = (unsigned char)( opad[i] ^ key[i] );
+    }
+
+    if( ( ret = mbedtls_md_starts( ctx ) ) != 0 )
+        goto cleanup;
+    if( ( ret = mbedtls_md_update( ctx, ipad,
+                                   ctx->md_info->block_size ) ) != 0 )
+        goto cleanup;
+
+cleanup:
+
+    return( ret );
+}
+
+int mbedtls_md_hmac_update( mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen )
+{
+    if( ctx == NULL || ctx->md_info == NULL || ctx->hmac_ctx == NULL )
+        return( MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
+
+    return( mbedtls_md_update( ctx, input, ilen ) );
+}
+
+int mbedtls_md_hmac_finish( mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, unsigned char *output )
+{
+    int ret = MBEDTLS_ERR_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED;
+    unsigned char tmp[MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_SIZE];
+    unsigned char *opad;
+
+    if( ctx == NULL || ctx->md_info == NULL || ctx->hmac_ctx == NULL )
+        return( MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
+
+    opad = (unsigned char *) ctx->hmac_ctx + ctx->md_info->block_size;
+
+    if( ( ret = mbedtls_md_finish( ctx, tmp ) ) != 0 )
+        return( ret );
+    if( ( ret = mbedtls_md_starts( ctx ) ) != 0 )
+        return( ret );
+    if( ( ret = mbedtls_md_update( ctx, opad,
+                                   ctx->md_info->block_size ) ) != 0 )
+        return( ret );
+    if( ( ret = mbedtls_md_update( ctx, tmp,
+                                   ctx->md_info->size ) ) != 0 )
+        return( ret );
+    return( mbedtls_md_finish( ctx, output ) );
+}
+
+int mbedtls_md_hmac_reset( mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx )
+{
+    int ret = MBEDTLS_ERR_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED;
+    unsigned char *ipad;
+
+    if( ctx == NULL || ctx->md_info == NULL || ctx->hmac_ctx == NULL )
+        return( MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
+
+    ipad = (unsigned char *) ctx->hmac_ctx;
+
+    if( ( ret = mbedtls_md_starts( ctx ) ) != 0 )
+        return( ret );
+    return( mbedtls_md_update( ctx, ipad, ctx->md_info->block_size ) );
+}
+
+int mbedtls_md_hmac( const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info,
+                     const unsigned char *key, size_t keylen,
+                     const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen,
+                     unsigned char *output )
+{
+    mbedtls_md_context_t ctx;
+    int ret = MBEDTLS_ERR_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED;
+
+    if( md_info == NULL )
+        return( MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
+
+    mbedtls_md_init( &ctx );
+
+    if( ( ret = mbedtls_md_setup( &ctx, md_info, 1 ) ) != 0 )
+        goto cleanup;
+
+    if( ( ret = mbedtls_md_hmac_starts( &ctx, key, keylen ) ) != 0 )
+        goto cleanup;
+    if( ( ret = mbedtls_md_hmac_update( &ctx, input, ilen ) ) != 0 )
+        goto cleanup;
+    if( ( ret = mbedtls_md_hmac_finish( &ctx, output ) ) != 0 )
+        goto cleanup;
+
+cleanup:
+    mbedtls_md_free( &ctx );
+
+    return( ret );
+}
+
+int mbedtls_md_process( mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, const unsigned char *data )
+{
+    if( ctx == NULL || ctx->md_info == NULL )
+        return( MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
+
+    switch( ctx->md_info->type )
+    {
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_C)
+        case MBEDTLS_MD_SHA1:
+            return( mbedtls_internal_sha1_process( ctx->md_ctx, data ) );
+#endif
+        default:
+            return( MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
+    }
+}
+
+unsigned char mbedtls_md_get_size( const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info )
+{
+    if( md_info == NULL )
+        return( 0 );
+
+    return md_info->size;
+}
+
+mbedtls_md_type_t mbedtls_md_get_type( const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info )
+{
+    if( md_info == NULL )
+        return( MBEDTLS_MD_NONE );
+
+    return md_info->type;
+}
+
+const char *mbedtls_md_get_name( const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info )
+{
+    if( md_info == NULL )
+        return( NULL );
+
+    return md_info->name;
+}
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_MD_C */

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/crypto/md_wrap.h

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/**
+ * \file md_wrap.h
+ *
+ * \brief Message digest wrappers.
+ *
+ * \warning This in an internal header. Do not include directly.
+ *
+ * \author Adriaan de Jong <dejong@fox-it.com>
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
+ *
+ *  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
+ *  not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ *  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ *  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ *  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ *  WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ *  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ *  limitations under the License.
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_MD_WRAP_H
+#define MBEDTLS_MD_WRAP_H
+
+#include "md.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Message digest information.
+ * Allows message digest functions to be called in a generic way.
+ */
+struct mbedtls_md_info_t
+{
+    /** Name of the message digest */
+    const char * name;
+
+    /** Digest identifier */
+    mbedtls_md_type_t type;
+
+    /** Output length of the digest function in bytes */
+    unsigned char size;
+
+    /** Block length of the digest function in bytes */
+    unsigned char block_size;
+};
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_MD5_C)
+extern const mbedtls_md_info_t mbedtls_md5_info;
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_RIPEMD160_C)
+extern const mbedtls_md_info_t mbedtls_ripemd160_info;
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_C)
+extern const mbedtls_md_info_t mbedtls_sha1_info;
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA224_C)
+extern const mbedtls_md_info_t mbedtls_sha224_info;
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_C)
+extern const mbedtls_md_info_t mbedtls_sha256_info;
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA384_C)
+extern const mbedtls_md_info_t mbedtls_sha384_info;
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_C)
+extern const mbedtls_md_info_t mbedtls_sha512_info;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_MD_WRAP_H */

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/crypto/nist_kw.h

@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+/**
+ * \file nist_kw.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file provides an API for key wrapping (KW) and key wrapping with
+ *        padding (KWP) as defined in NIST SP 800-38F.
+ *        https://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/SpecialPublications/NIST.SP.800-38F.pdf
+ *
+ *        Key wrapping specifies a deterministic authenticated-encryption mode
+ *        of operation, according to <em>NIST SP 800-38F: Recommendation for
+ *        Block Cipher Modes of Operation: Methods for Key Wrapping</em>. Its
+ *        purpose is to protect cryptographic keys.
+ *
+ *        Its equivalent is RFC 3394 for KW, and RFC 5649 for KWP.
+ *        https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3394
+ *        https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5649
+ *
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
+ *
+ *  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
+ *  not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ *  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ *  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ *  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ *  WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ *  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ *  limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_H
+#define MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_H
+#include "private_access.h"
+
+#include "cipher.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef enum
+{
+    MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KW = 0,
+    MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KWP = 1
+} mbedtls_nist_kw_mode_t;
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_ALT)
+// Regular implementation
+//
+
+/**
+ * \brief    The key wrapping context-type definition. The key wrapping context is passed
+ *           to the APIs called.
+ *
+ * \note     The definition of this type may change in future library versions.
+ *           Don't make any assumptions on this context!
+ */
+typedef struct {
+    mbedtls_cipher_context_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(cipher_ctx);    /*!< The cipher context used. */
+} mbedtls_nist_kw_context;
+
+#else  /* MBEDTLS_NIST_key wrapping_ALT */
+#include "nist_kw_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function initializes the specified key wrapping context
+ *                  to make references valid and prepare the context
+ *                  for mbedtls_nist_kw_setkey() or mbedtls_nist_kw_free().
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The key wrapping context to initialize.
+ *
+ */
+void mbedtls_nist_kw_init( mbedtls_nist_kw_context *ctx );
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function initializes the key wrapping context set in the
+ *                  \p ctx parameter and sets the encryption key.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The key wrapping context.
+ * \param cipher    The 128-bit block cipher to use. Only AES is supported.
+ * \param key       The Key Encryption Key (KEK).
+ * \param keybits   The KEK size in bits. This must be acceptable by the cipher.
+ * \param is_wrap   Specify whether the operation within the context is wrapping or unwrapping
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          \c MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA for any invalid input.
+ * \return          \c MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE for 128-bit block ciphers
+ *                  which are not supported.
+ * \return          cipher-specific error code on failure of the underlying cipher.
+ */
+int mbedtls_nist_kw_setkey( mbedtls_nist_kw_context *ctx,
+                            mbedtls_cipher_id_t cipher,
+                            const unsigned char *key,
+                            unsigned int keybits,
+                            const int is_wrap );
+
+/**
+ * \brief   This function releases and clears the specified key wrapping context
+ *          and underlying cipher sub-context.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The key wrapping context to clear.
+ */
+void mbedtls_nist_kw_free( mbedtls_nist_kw_context *ctx );
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function encrypts a buffer using key wrapping.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The key wrapping context to use for encryption.
+ * \param mode      The key wrapping mode to use (MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KW or MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KWP)
+ * \param input     The buffer holding the input data.
+ * \param in_len    The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ *                  The input uses units of 8 Bytes called semiblocks.
+ *                  <ul><li>For KW mode: a multiple of 8 bytes between 16 and 2^57-8 inclusive. </li>
+ *                  <li>For KWP mode: any length between 1 and 2^32-1 inclusive.</li></ul>
+ * \param[out] output    The buffer holding the output data.
+ *                  <ul><li>For KW mode: Must be at least 8 bytes larger than \p in_len.</li>
+ *                  <li>For KWP mode: Must be at least 8 bytes larger rounded up to a multiple of
+ *                  8 bytes for KWP (15 bytes at most).</li></ul>
+ * \param[out] out_len The number of bytes written to the output buffer. \c 0 on failure.
+ * \param[in] out_size The capacity of the output buffer.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          \c MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA for invalid input length.
+ * \return          cipher-specific error code on failure of the underlying cipher.
+ */
+int mbedtls_nist_kw_wrap( mbedtls_nist_kw_context *ctx, mbedtls_nist_kw_mode_t mode,
+                          const unsigned char *input, size_t in_len,
+                          unsigned char *output, size_t* out_len, size_t out_size );
+
+/**
+ * \brief           This function decrypts a buffer using key wrapping.
+ *
+ * \param ctx       The key wrapping context to use for decryption.
+ * \param mode      The key wrapping mode to use (MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KW or MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KWP)
+ * \param input     The buffer holding the input data.
+ * \param in_len    The length of the input data in Bytes.
+ *                  The input uses units of 8 Bytes called semiblocks.
+ *                  The input must be a multiple of semiblocks.
+ *                  <ul><li>For KW mode: a multiple of 8 bytes between 24 and 2^57 inclusive. </li>
+ *                  <li>For KWP mode: a multiple of 8 bytes between 16 and 2^32 inclusive.</li></ul>
+ * \param[out] output    The buffer holding the output data.
+ *                  The output buffer's minimal length is 8 bytes shorter than \p in_len.
+ * \param[out] out_len The number of bytes written to the output buffer. \c 0 on failure.
+ *                  For KWP mode, the length could be up to 15 bytes shorter than \p in_len,
+ *                  depending on how much padding was added to the data.
+ * \param[in] out_size The capacity of the output buffer.
+ *
+ * \return          \c 0 on success.
+ * \return          \c MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA for invalid input length.
+ * \return          \c MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_AUTH_FAILED for verification failure of the ciphertext.
+ * \return          cipher-specific error code on failure of the underlying cipher.
+ */
+int mbedtls_nist_kw_unwrap( mbedtls_nist_kw_context *ctx, mbedtls_nist_kw_mode_t mode,
+                            const unsigned char *input, size_t in_len,
+                            unsigned char *output, size_t* out_len, size_t out_size);
+
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) && defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C)
+/**
+ * \brief          The key wrapping checkup routine.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         \c 1 on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_nist_kw_self_test( int verbose );
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST && MBEDTLS_AES_C */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_H */

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/crypto/nist_kw.twl.c

@@ -0,0 +1,752 @@
+/*
+ *  Implementation of NIST SP 800-38F key wrapping, supporting KW and KWP modes
+ *  only
+ *
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
+ *
+ *  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
+ *  not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ *  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ *  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ *  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ *  WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ *  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ *  limitations under the License.
+ */
+/*
+ * Definition of Key Wrapping:
+ * https://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/SpecialPublications/NIST.SP.800-38F.pdf
+ * RFC 3394 "Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) Key Wrap Algorithm"
+ * RFC 5649 "Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) Key Wrap with Padding Algorithm"
+ *
+ * Note: RFC 3394 defines different methodology for intermediate operations for
+ * the wrapping and unwrapping operation than the definition in NIST SP 800-38F.
+ */
+
+#include "common.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C)
+
+#include "nist_kw.h"
+#include "platform_util.h"
+#include "error.h"
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) && defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C)
+#include "platform.h"
+#else
+#include <stdio.h>
+#define mbedtls_printf printf
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_C */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST && MBEDTLS_AES_C */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_ALT)
+
+#define KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH    8
+#define MIN_SEMIBLOCKS_COUNT   3
+
+/* constant-time buffer comparison */
+static inline unsigned char mbedtls_nist_kw_safer_memcmp( const void *a, const void *b, size_t n )
+{
+    size_t i;
+    volatile const unsigned char *A = (volatile const unsigned char *) a;
+    volatile const unsigned char *B = (volatile const unsigned char *) b;
+    volatile unsigned char diff = 0;
+
+    for( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
+    {
+        /* Read volatile data in order before computing diff.
+         * This avoids IAR compiler warning:
+         * 'the order of volatile accesses is undefined ..' */
+        unsigned char x = A[i], y = B[i];
+        diff |= x ^ y;
+    }
+
+    return( diff );
+}
+
+/*! The 64-bit default integrity check value (ICV) for KW mode. */
+static const unsigned char NIST_KW_ICV1[] = {0xA6, 0xA6, 0xA6, 0xA6, 0xA6, 0xA6, 0xA6, 0xA6};
+/*! The 32-bit default integrity check value (ICV) for KWP mode. */
+static const  unsigned char NIST_KW_ICV2[] = {0xA6, 0x59, 0x59, 0xA6};
+
+#ifndef GET_UINT32_BE
+#define GET_UINT32_BE(n,b,i)                            \
+do {                                                    \
+    (n) = ( (uint32_t) (b)[(i)    ] << 24 )             \
+        | ( (uint32_t) (b)[(i) + 1] << 16 )             \
+        | ( (uint32_t) (b)[(i) + 2] <<  8 )             \
+        | ( (uint32_t) (b)[(i) + 3]       );            \
+} while( 0 )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PUT_UINT32_BE
+#define PUT_UINT32_BE(n,b,i)                            \
+do {                                                    \
+    (b)[(i)    ] = (unsigned char) ( (n) >> 24 );       \
+    (b)[(i) + 1] = (unsigned char) ( (n) >> 16 );       \
+    (b)[(i) + 2] = (unsigned char) ( (n) >>  8 );       \
+    (b)[(i) + 3] = (unsigned char) ( (n)       );       \
+} while( 0 )
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Initialize context
+ */
+void mbedtls_nist_kw_init( mbedtls_nist_kw_context *ctx )
+{
+    memset( ctx, 0, sizeof( mbedtls_nist_kw_context ) );
+}
+
+int mbedtls_nist_kw_setkey( mbedtls_nist_kw_context *ctx,
+                            mbedtls_cipher_id_t cipher,
+                            const unsigned char *key,
+                            unsigned int keybits,
+                            const int is_wrap )
+{
+    int ret = MBEDTLS_ERR_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED;
+    const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *cipher_info;
+
+    cipher_info = mbedtls_cipher_info_from_values( cipher,
+                                                   keybits,
+                                                   MBEDTLS_MODE_ECB );
+    if( cipher_info == NULL )
+        return( MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
+
+    if( cipher_info->block_size != 16 )
+        return( MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
+
+    /*
+     * SP 800-38F currently defines AES cipher as the only block cipher allowed:
+     * "For KW and KWP, the underlying block cipher shall be approved, and the
+     *  block size shall be 128 bits. Currently, the AES block cipher, with key
+     *  lengths of 128, 192, or 256 bits, is the only block cipher that fits
+     *  this profile."
+     *  Currently we don't support other 128 bit block ciphers for key wrapping,
+     *  such as Camellia and Aria.
+     */
+    if( cipher != MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_AES )
+        return( MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE );
+
+    mbedtls_cipher_free( &ctx->cipher_ctx );
+
+    if( ( ret = mbedtls_cipher_setup( &ctx->cipher_ctx, cipher_info ) ) != 0 )
+        return( ret );
+
+    if( ( ret = mbedtls_cipher_setkey( &ctx->cipher_ctx, key, keybits,
+                                       is_wrap ? MBEDTLS_ENCRYPT :
+                                                 MBEDTLS_DECRYPT )
+                                                                   ) != 0 )
+    {
+        return( ret );
+    }
+
+    return( 0 );
+}
+
+/*
+ * Free context
+ */
+void mbedtls_nist_kw_free( mbedtls_nist_kw_context *ctx )
+{
+    mbedtls_cipher_free( &ctx->cipher_ctx );
+    mbedtls_platform_zeroize( ctx, sizeof( mbedtls_nist_kw_context ) );
+}
+
+/*
+ * Helper function for Xoring the uint64_t "t" with the encrypted A.
+ * Defined in NIST SP 800-38F section 6.1
+ */
+static void calc_a_xor_t( unsigned char A[KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH], uint64_t t )
+{
+    size_t i = 0;
+    for( i = 0; i < sizeof( t ); i++ )
+    {
+        A[i] ^= ( t >> ( ( sizeof( t ) - 1 - i ) * 8 ) ) & 0xff;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * KW-AE as defined in SP 800-38F section 6.2
+ * KWP-AE as defined in SP 800-38F section 6.3
+ */
+int mbedtls_nist_kw_wrap( mbedtls_nist_kw_context *ctx,
+                          mbedtls_nist_kw_mode_t mode,
+                          const unsigned char *input, size_t in_len,
+                          unsigned char *output, size_t *out_len, size_t out_size )
+{
+    int ret = 0;
+    size_t semiblocks = 0;
+    size_t s;
+    size_t olen, padlen = 0;
+    uint64_t t = 0;
+    unsigned char outbuff[KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH * 2];
+    unsigned char inbuff[KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH * 2];
+
+    *out_len = 0;
+    /*
+     * Generate the String to work on
+     */
+    if( mode == MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KW )
+    {
+        if( out_size < in_len + KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH )
+        {
+            return( MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
+        }
+
+        /*
+         * According to SP 800-38F Table 1, the plaintext length for KW
+         * must be between 2 to 2^54-1 semiblocks inclusive.
+         */
+        if( in_len < 16 ||
+#if SIZE_MAX > 0x1FFFFFFFFFFFFF8
+            in_len > 0x1FFFFFFFFFFFFF8 ||
+#endif
+            in_len % KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH != 0 )
+        {
+            return( MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
+        }
+
+        memcpy( output, NIST_KW_ICV1, KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH );
+        memmove( output + KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH, input, in_len );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if( in_len % 8 != 0 )
+        {
+            padlen = ( 8 - ( in_len % 8 ) );
+        }
+
+        if( out_size < in_len + KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH + padlen )
+        {
+            return( MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
+        }
+
+        /*
+         * According to SP 800-38F Table 1, the plaintext length for KWP
+         * must be between 1 and 2^32-1 octets inclusive.
+         */
+        if( in_len < 1
+#if SIZE_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFF
+            || in_len > 0xFFFFFFFF
+#endif
+          )
+        {
+            return( MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
+        }
+
+        memcpy( output, NIST_KW_ICV2, KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH / 2 );
+        PUT_UINT32_BE( ( in_len & 0xffffffff ), output,
+                       KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH / 2 );
+
+        memcpy( output + KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH, input, in_len );
+        memset( output + KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH + in_len, 0, padlen );
+    }
+    semiblocks = ( ( in_len + padlen ) / KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH ) + 1;
+
+    s = 6 * ( semiblocks - 1 );
+
+    if( mode == MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KWP
+        && in_len <= KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH )
+    {
+        memcpy( inbuff, output, 16 );
+        ret = mbedtls_cipher_update( &ctx->cipher_ctx,
+                                     inbuff, 16, output, &olen );
+        if( ret != 0 )
+            goto cleanup;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        unsigned char *R2 = output + KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH;
+        unsigned char *A = output;
+
+        /*
+         * Do the wrapping function W, as defined in RFC 3394 section 2.2.1
+         */
+        if( semiblocks < MIN_SEMIBLOCKS_COUNT )
+        {
+            ret = MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA;
+            goto cleanup;
+        }
+
+        /* Calculate intermediate values */
+        for( t = 1; t <= s; t++ )
+        {
+            memcpy( inbuff, A, KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH );
+            memcpy( inbuff + KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH, R2, KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH );
+
+            ret = mbedtls_cipher_update( &ctx->cipher_ctx,
+                                         inbuff, 16, outbuff, &olen );
+            if( ret != 0 )
+                goto cleanup;
+
+            memcpy( A, outbuff, KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH );
+            calc_a_xor_t( A, t );
+
+            memcpy( R2, outbuff + KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH, KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH );
+            R2 += KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH;
+            if( R2 >= output + ( semiblocks * KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH ) )
+                R2 = output + KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH;
+        }
+    }
+
+    *out_len = semiblocks * KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH;
+
+cleanup:
+
+    if( ret != 0)
+    {
+        memset( output, 0, semiblocks * KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH );
+    }
+    mbedtls_platform_zeroize( inbuff, KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH * 2 );
+    mbedtls_platform_zeroize( outbuff, KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH * 2 );
+
+    return( ret );
+}
+
+/*
+ * W-1 function as defined in RFC 3394 section 2.2.2
+ * This function assumes the following:
+ * 1. Output buffer is at least of size ( semiblocks - 1 ) * KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH.
+ * 2. The input buffer is of size semiblocks * KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH.
+ * 3. Minimal number of semiblocks is 3.
+ * 4. A is a buffer to hold the first semiblock of the input buffer.
+ */
+static int unwrap( mbedtls_nist_kw_context *ctx,
+                   const unsigned char *input, size_t semiblocks,
+                   unsigned char A[KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH],
+                   unsigned char *output, size_t* out_len )
+{
+    int ret = 0;
+    const size_t s = 6 * ( semiblocks - 1 );
+    size_t olen;
+    uint64_t t = 0;
+    unsigned char outbuff[KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH * 2];
+    unsigned char inbuff[KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH * 2];
+    unsigned char *R = NULL;
+    *out_len = 0;
+
+    if( semiblocks < MIN_SEMIBLOCKS_COUNT )
+    {
+        return( MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
+    }
+
+    memcpy( A, input, KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH );
+    memmove( output, input + KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH, ( semiblocks - 1 ) * KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH );
+    R = output + ( semiblocks - 2 ) * KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH;
+
+    /* Calculate intermediate values */
+    for( t = s; t >= 1; t-- )
+    {
+        calc_a_xor_t( A, t );
+
+        memcpy( inbuff, A, KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH );
+        memcpy( inbuff + KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH, R, KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH );
+
+        ret = mbedtls_cipher_update( &ctx->cipher_ctx,
+                                     inbuff, 16, outbuff, &olen );
+        if( ret != 0 )
+            goto cleanup;
+
+        memcpy( A, outbuff, KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH );
+
+        /* Set R as LSB64 of outbuff */
+        memcpy( R, outbuff + KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH, KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH );
+
+        if( R == output )
+            R = output + ( semiblocks - 2 ) * KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH;
+        else
+            R -= KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH;
+    }
+
+    *out_len = ( semiblocks - 1 ) * KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH;
+
+cleanup:
+    if( ret != 0)
+        memset( output, 0, ( semiblocks - 1 ) * KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH );
+    mbedtls_platform_zeroize( inbuff, sizeof( inbuff )  );
+    mbedtls_platform_zeroize( outbuff, sizeof( outbuff ) );
+
+    return( ret );
+}
+
+/*
+ * KW-AD as defined in SP 800-38F section 6.2
+ * KWP-AD as defined in SP 800-38F section 6.3
+ */
+int mbedtls_nist_kw_unwrap( mbedtls_nist_kw_context *ctx,
+                            mbedtls_nist_kw_mode_t mode,
+                            const unsigned char *input, size_t in_len,
+                            unsigned char *output, size_t *out_len, size_t out_size )
+{
+    int ret = 0;
+    size_t i, olen;
+    unsigned char A[KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH];
+    unsigned char diff, bad_padding = 0;
+
+    *out_len = 0;
+    if( out_size < in_len - KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH )
+    {
+        return( MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
+    }
+
+    if( mode == MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KW )
+    {
+        /*
+         * According to SP 800-38F Table 1, the ciphertext length for KW
+         * must be between 3 to 2^54 semiblocks inclusive.
+         */
+        if( in_len < 24 ||
+#if SIZE_MAX > 0x200000000000000
+            in_len > 0x200000000000000 ||
+#endif
+            in_len % KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH != 0 )
+        {
+            return( MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
+        }
+
+        ret = unwrap( ctx, input, in_len / KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH,
+                      A, output, out_len );
+        if( ret != 0 )
+            goto cleanup;
+
+        /* Check ICV in "constant-time" */
+        diff = mbedtls_nist_kw_safer_memcmp( NIST_KW_ICV1, A, KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH );
+
+        if( diff != 0 )
+        {
+            ret = MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_AUTH_FAILED;
+            goto cleanup;
+        }
+
+    }
+    else if( mode == MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KWP )
+    {
+        size_t padlen = 0;
+        uint32_t Plen;
+        /*
+         * According to SP 800-38F Table 1, the ciphertext length for KWP
+         * must be between 2 to 2^29 semiblocks inclusive.
+         */
+        if( in_len < KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH * 2 ||
+#if SIZE_MAX > 0x100000000
+            in_len > 0x100000000 ||
+#endif
+            in_len % KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH != 0 )
+        {
+            return(  MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
+        }
+
+        if( in_len == KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH * 2 )
+        {
+            unsigned char outbuff[KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH * 2];
+            ret = mbedtls_cipher_update( &ctx->cipher_ctx,
+                                         input, 16, outbuff, &olen );
+            if( ret != 0 )
+                goto cleanup;
+
+            memcpy( A, outbuff, KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH );
+            memcpy( output, outbuff + KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH, KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH );
+            mbedtls_platform_zeroize( outbuff, sizeof( outbuff ) );
+            *out_len = KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* in_len >=  KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH * 3 */
+            ret = unwrap( ctx, input, in_len / KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH,
+                          A, output, out_len );
+            if( ret != 0 )
+                goto cleanup;
+        }
+
+        /* Check ICV in "constant-time" */
+        diff = mbedtls_nist_kw_safer_memcmp( NIST_KW_ICV2, A, KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH / 2 );
+
+        if( diff != 0 )
+        {
+            ret = MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_AUTH_FAILED;
+        }
+
+        GET_UINT32_BE( Plen, A, KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH / 2 );
+
+        /*
+         * Plen is the length of the plaintext, when the input is valid.
+         * If Plen is larger than the plaintext and padding, padlen will be
+         * larger than 8, because of the type wrap around.
+         */
+        padlen = in_len - KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH - Plen;
+        if ( padlen > 7 )
+        {
+            padlen &= 7;
+            ret = MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_AUTH_FAILED;
+        }
+
+        /* Check padding in "constant-time" */
+        for( diff = 0, i = 0; i < KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH; i++ )
+        {
+             if( i >= KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH - padlen )
+                 diff |= output[*out_len - KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH + i];
+             else
+                 bad_padding |= output[*out_len - KW_SEMIBLOCK_LENGTH + i];
+        }
+
+        if( diff != 0 )
+        {
+            ret = MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_AUTH_FAILED;
+        }
+
+        if( ret != 0 )
+        {
+            goto cleanup;
+        }
+        memset( output + Plen, 0, padlen );
+        *out_len = Plen;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ret = MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE;
+        goto cleanup;
+    }
+
+cleanup:
+    if( ret != 0 )
+    {
+        memset( output, 0, *out_len );
+        *out_len = 0;
+    }
+
+    mbedtls_platform_zeroize( &bad_padding, sizeof( bad_padding) );
+    mbedtls_platform_zeroize( &diff, sizeof( diff ) );
+    mbedtls_platform_zeroize( A, sizeof( A ) );
+
+    return( ret );
+}
+
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_ALT */
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) && defined(MBEDTLS_AES_C)
+
+#define KW_TESTS 3
+
+/*
+ * Test vectors taken from NIST
+ * https://csrc.nist.gov/Projects/Cryptographic-Algorithm-Validation-Program/CAVP-TESTING-BLOCK-CIPHER-MODES#KW
+ */
+static const unsigned int key_len[KW_TESTS] = { 16, 24, 32 };
+
+static const unsigned char kw_key[KW_TESTS][32] = {
+    { 0x75, 0x75, 0xda, 0x3a, 0x93, 0x60, 0x7c, 0xc2,
+      0xbf, 0xd8, 0xce, 0xc7, 0xaa, 0xdf, 0xd9, 0xa6 },
+    { 0x2d, 0x85, 0x26, 0x08, 0x1d, 0x02, 0xfb, 0x5b,
+      0x85, 0xf6, 0x9a, 0xc2, 0x86, 0xec, 0xd5, 0x7d,
+      0x40, 0xdf, 0x5d, 0xf3, 0x49, 0x47, 0x44, 0xd3 },
+    { 0x11, 0x2a, 0xd4, 0x1b, 0x48, 0x56, 0xc7, 0x25,
+      0x4a, 0x98, 0x48, 0xd3, 0x0f, 0xdd, 0x78, 0x33,
+      0x5b, 0x03, 0x9a, 0x48, 0xa8, 0x96, 0x2c, 0x4d,
+      0x1c, 0xb7, 0x8e, 0xab, 0xd5, 0xda, 0xd7, 0x88 }
+};
+
+static const unsigned char kw_msg[KW_TESTS][40] = {
+    { 0x42, 0x13, 0x6d, 0x3c, 0x38, 0x4a, 0x3e, 0xea,
+      0xc9, 0x5a, 0x06, 0x6f, 0xd2, 0x8f, 0xed, 0x3f },
+    { 0x95, 0xc1, 0x1b, 0xf5, 0x35, 0x3a, 0xfe, 0xdb,
+      0x98, 0xfd, 0xd6, 0xc8, 0xca, 0x6f, 0xdb, 0x6d,
+      0xa5, 0x4b, 0x74, 0xb4, 0x99, 0x0f, 0xdc, 0x45,
+      0xc0, 0x9d, 0x15, 0x8f, 0x51, 0xce, 0x62, 0x9d,
+      0xe2, 0xaf, 0x26, 0xe3, 0x25, 0x0e, 0x6b, 0x4c },
+    { 0x1b, 0x20, 0xbf, 0x19, 0x90, 0xb0, 0x65, 0xd7,
+      0x98, 0xe1, 0xb3, 0x22, 0x64, 0xad, 0x50, 0xa8,
+      0x74, 0x74, 0x92, 0xba, 0x09, 0xa0, 0x4d, 0xd1 }
+};
+
+static const size_t kw_msg_len[KW_TESTS] = { 16, 40, 24 };
+static const size_t kw_out_len[KW_TESTS] = { 24, 48, 32 };
+static const unsigned char kw_res[KW_TESTS][48] = {
+    { 0x03, 0x1f, 0x6b, 0xd7, 0xe6, 0x1e, 0x64, 0x3d,
+      0xf6, 0x85, 0x94, 0x81, 0x6f, 0x64, 0xca, 0xa3,
+      0xf5, 0x6f, 0xab, 0xea, 0x25, 0x48, 0xf5, 0xfb },
+    { 0x44, 0x3c, 0x6f, 0x15, 0x09, 0x83, 0x71, 0x91,
+      0x3e, 0x5c, 0x81, 0x4c, 0xa1, 0xa0, 0x42, 0xec,
+      0x68, 0x2f, 0x7b, 0x13, 0x6d, 0x24, 0x3a, 0x4d,
+      0x6c, 0x42, 0x6f, 0xc6, 0x97, 0x15, 0x63, 0xe8,
+      0xa1, 0x4a, 0x55, 0x8e, 0x09, 0x64, 0x16, 0x19,
+      0xbf, 0x03, 0xfc, 0xaf, 0x90, 0xb1, 0xfc, 0x2d },
+    { 0xba, 0x8a, 0x25, 0x9a, 0x47, 0x1b, 0x78, 0x7d,
+      0xd5, 0xd5, 0x40, 0xec, 0x25, 0xd4, 0x3d, 0x87,
+      0x20, 0x0f, 0xda, 0xdc, 0x6d, 0x1f, 0x05, 0xd9,
+      0x16, 0x58, 0x4f, 0xa9, 0xf6, 0xcb, 0xf5, 0x12 }
+};
+
+static const unsigned char kwp_key[KW_TESTS][32] = {
+    { 0x78, 0x65, 0xe2, 0x0f, 0x3c, 0x21, 0x65, 0x9a,
+      0xb4, 0x69, 0x0b, 0x62, 0x9c, 0xdf, 0x3c, 0xc4 },
+    { 0xf5, 0xf8, 0x96, 0xa3, 0xbd, 0x2f, 0x4a, 0x98,
+      0x23, 0xef, 0x16, 0x2b, 0x00, 0xb8, 0x05, 0xd7,
+      0xde, 0x1e, 0xa4, 0x66, 0x26, 0x96, 0xa2, 0x58 },
+    { 0x95, 0xda, 0x27, 0x00, 0xca, 0x6f, 0xd9, 0xa5,
+      0x25, 0x54, 0xee, 0x2a, 0x8d, 0xf1, 0x38, 0x6f,
+      0x5b, 0x94, 0xa1, 0xa6, 0x0e, 0xd8, 0xa4, 0xae,
+      0xf6, 0x0a, 0x8d, 0x61, 0xab, 0x5f, 0x22, 0x5a }
+};
+
+static const unsigned char kwp_msg[KW_TESTS][31] = {
+    { 0xbd, 0x68, 0x43, 0xd4, 0x20, 0x37, 0x8d, 0xc8,
+      0x96 },
+    { 0x6c, 0xcd, 0xd5, 0x85, 0x18, 0x40, 0x97, 0xeb,
+      0xd5, 0xc3, 0xaf, 0x3e, 0x47, 0xd0, 0x2c, 0x19,
+      0x14, 0x7b, 0x4d, 0x99, 0x5f, 0x96, 0x43, 0x66,
+      0x91, 0x56, 0x75, 0x8c, 0x13, 0x16, 0x8f },
+    { 0xd1 }
+};
+static const size_t kwp_msg_len[KW_TESTS] = { 9, 31, 1 };
+
+static const unsigned char kwp_res[KW_TESTS][48] = {
+    { 0x41, 0xec, 0xa9, 0x56, 0xd4, 0xaa, 0x04, 0x7e,
+      0xb5, 0xcf, 0x4e, 0xfe, 0x65, 0x96, 0x61, 0xe7,
+      0x4d, 0xb6, 0xf8, 0xc5, 0x64, 0xe2, 0x35, 0x00 },
+    { 0x4e, 0x9b, 0xc2, 0xbc, 0xbc, 0x6c, 0x1e, 0x13,
+      0xd3, 0x35, 0xbc, 0xc0, 0xf7, 0x73, 0x6a, 0x88,
+      0xfa, 0x87, 0x53, 0x66, 0x15, 0xbb, 0x8e, 0x63,
+      0x8b, 0xcc, 0x81, 0x66, 0x84, 0x68, 0x17, 0x90,
+      0x67, 0xcf, 0xa9, 0x8a, 0x9d, 0x0e, 0x33, 0x26 },
+    { 0x06, 0xba, 0x7a, 0xe6, 0xf3, 0x24, 0x8c, 0xfd,
+      0xcf, 0x26, 0x75, 0x07, 0xfa, 0x00, 0x1b, 0xc4  }
+};
+static const size_t kwp_out_len[KW_TESTS] = { 24, 40, 16 };
+
+int mbedtls_nist_kw_self_test( int verbose )
+{
+    mbedtls_nist_kw_context ctx;
+    unsigned char out[48];
+    size_t olen;
+    int i;
+    int ret = 0;
+    mbedtls_nist_kw_init( &ctx );
+
+    for( i = 0; i < KW_TESTS; i++ )
+    {
+        if( verbose != 0 )
+            mbedtls_printf( "  KW-AES-%u ", (unsigned int) key_len[i] * 8 );
+
+        ret = mbedtls_nist_kw_setkey( &ctx, MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_AES,
+                                      kw_key[i], key_len[i] * 8, 1 );
+        if( ret != 0 )
+        {
+            if( verbose != 0 )
+                mbedtls_printf( "  KW: setup failed " );
+
+            goto end;
+        }
+
+        ret = mbedtls_nist_kw_wrap( &ctx, MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KW, kw_msg[i],
+                                    kw_msg_len[i], out, &olen, sizeof( out ) );
+        if( ret != 0 || kw_out_len[i] != olen ||
+            memcmp( out, kw_res[i], kw_out_len[i] ) != 0 )
+        {
+            if( verbose != 0 )
+                mbedtls_printf( "failed. ");
+
+            ret = 1;
+            goto end;
+        }
+
+        if( ( ret = mbedtls_nist_kw_setkey( &ctx, MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_AES,
+                                            kw_key[i], key_len[i] * 8, 0 ) )
+              != 0 )
+        {
+            if( verbose != 0 )
+                mbedtls_printf( "  KW: setup failed ");
+
+            goto end;
+        }
+
+        ret = mbedtls_nist_kw_unwrap( &ctx, MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KW,
+                                      out, olen, out, &olen, sizeof( out ) );
+
+        if( ret != 0 || olen != kw_msg_len[i] ||
+            memcmp( out, kw_msg[i], kw_msg_len[i] ) != 0 )
+        {
+            if( verbose != 0 )
+                mbedtls_printf( "failed\n" );
+
+            ret = 1;
+            goto end;
+        }
+
+        if( verbose != 0 )
+            mbedtls_printf( " passed\n" );
+    }
+
+    for( i = 0; i < KW_TESTS; i++ )
+    {
+        olen = sizeof( out );
+        if( verbose != 0 )
+            mbedtls_printf( "  KWP-AES-%u ", (unsigned int) key_len[i] * 8 );
+
+        ret = mbedtls_nist_kw_setkey( &ctx, MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_AES, kwp_key[i],
+                                      key_len[i] * 8, 1 );
+        if( ret  != 0 )
+        {
+            if( verbose != 0 )
+                mbedtls_printf( "  KWP: setup failed " );
+
+            goto end;
+        }
+        ret = mbedtls_nist_kw_wrap( &ctx, MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KWP, kwp_msg[i],
+                                    kwp_msg_len[i], out, &olen, sizeof( out ) );
+
+        if( ret != 0 || kwp_out_len[i] != olen ||
+            memcmp( out, kwp_res[i], kwp_out_len[i] ) != 0 )
+        {
+            if( verbose != 0 )
+                mbedtls_printf( "failed. ");
+
+            ret = 1;
+            goto end;
+        }
+
+        if( ( ret = mbedtls_nist_kw_setkey( &ctx, MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_AES,
+                                            kwp_key[i], key_len[i] * 8, 0 ) )
+              != 0 )
+        {
+            if( verbose != 0 )
+                mbedtls_printf( "  KWP: setup failed ");
+
+            goto end;
+        }
+
+        ret = mbedtls_nist_kw_unwrap(  &ctx, MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KWP, out,
+                                       olen, out, &olen, sizeof( out ) );
+
+        if( ret != 0 || olen != kwp_msg_len[i] ||
+            memcmp( out, kwp_msg[i], kwp_msg_len[i] ) != 0 )
+        {
+            if( verbose != 0 )
+                mbedtls_printf( "failed. ");
+
+            ret = 1;
+            goto end;
+        }
+
+        if( verbose != 0 )
+            mbedtls_printf( " passed\n" );
+    }
+end:
+    mbedtls_nist_kw_free( &ctx );
+
+    if( verbose != 0 )
+        mbedtls_printf( "\n" );
+
+    return( ret );
+}
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST && MBEDTLS_AES_C */
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_NIST_KW_C */

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/crypto/pkcs5.h

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/**
+ * \file pkcs5.h
+ *
+ * \brief PKCS#5 functions
+ *
+ * \author Mathias Olsson <mathias@kompetensum.com>
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
+ *
+ *  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
+ *  not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ *  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ *  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ *  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ *  WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ *  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ *  limitations under the License.
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_PKCS5_H
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS5_H
+
+#include "md.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS5_BAD_INPUT_DATA                  -0x2f80  /**< Bad input parameters to function. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS5_INVALID_FORMAT                  -0x2f00  /**< Unexpected ASN.1 data. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS5_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE             -0x2e80  /**< Requested encryption or digest alg not available. */
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS5_PASSWORD_MISMATCH               -0x2e00  /**< Given private key password does not allow for correct decryption. */
+
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS5_DECRYPT      0
+#define MBEDTLS_PKCS5_ENCRYPT      1
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C)
+
+/**
+ * \brief          PKCS#5 PBES2 function
+ *
+ * \param pbe_params the ASN.1 algorithm parameters
+ * \param mode       either MBEDTLS_PKCS5_DECRYPT or MBEDTLS_PKCS5_ENCRYPT
+ * \param pwd        password to use when generating key
+ * \param pwdlen     length of password
+ * \param data       data to process
+ * \param datalen    length of data
+ * \param output     output buffer
+ *
+ * \returns        0 on success, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX code if verification fails.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pkcs5_pbes2( const mbedtls_asn1_buf *pbe_params, int mode,
+                 const unsigned char *pwd,  size_t pwdlen,
+                 const unsigned char *data, size_t datalen,
+                 unsigned char *output );
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          PKCS#5 PBKDF2 using HMAC
+ *
+ * \param ctx      Generic HMAC context
+ * \param password Password to use when generating key
+ * \param plen     Length of password
+ * \param salt     Salt to use when generating key
+ * \param slen     Length of salt
+ * \param iteration_count       Iteration count
+ * \param key_length            Length of generated key in bytes
+ * \param output   Generated key. Must be at least as big as key_length
+ *
+ * \returns        0 on success, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_XXX code if verification fails.
+ */
+int mbedtls_pkcs5_pbkdf2_hmac( mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx, const unsigned char *password,
+                       size_t plen, const unsigned char *salt, size_t slen,
+                       unsigned int iteration_count,
+                       uint32_t key_length, unsigned char *output );
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Checkup routine
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or 1 if the test failed
+ */
+int mbedtls_pkcs5_self_test( int verbose );
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* pkcs5.h */

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/crypto/pkcs5.twl.c

@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+/**
+ * \file pkcs5.c
+ *
+ * \brief PKCS#5 functions
+ *
+ * \author Mathias Olsson <mathias@kompetensum.com>
+ *
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
+ *
+ *  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
+ *  not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ *  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ *  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ *  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ *  WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ *  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ *  limitations under the License.
+ */
+/*
+ * PKCS#5 includes PBKDF2 and more
+ *
+ * http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2898 (Specification)
+ * http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6070 (Test vectors)
+ */
+
+#include "common.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PKCS5_C)
+
+#include "pkcs5.h"
+#include "error.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#define mbedtls_printf printf
+
+int mbedtls_pkcs5_pbkdf2_hmac( mbedtls_md_context_t *ctx,
+                       const unsigned char *password,
+                       size_t plen, const unsigned char *salt, size_t slen,
+                       unsigned int iteration_count,
+                       uint32_t key_length, unsigned char *output )
+{
+    int ret = MBEDTLS_ERR_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED;
+    int j;
+    unsigned int i;
+    unsigned char md1[MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_SIZE];
+    unsigned char work[MBEDTLS_MD_MAX_SIZE];
+    unsigned char md_size = mbedtls_md_get_size( ctx->md_info );
+    size_t use_len;
+    unsigned char *out_p = output;
+    unsigned char counter[4];
+
+    memset( counter, 0, 4 );
+    counter[3] = 1;
+
+#if UINT_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFF
+    if( iteration_count > 0xFFFFFFFF )
+        return( MBEDTLS_ERR_PKCS5_BAD_INPUT_DATA );
+#endif
+
+    if( ( ret = mbedtls_md_hmac_starts( ctx, password, plen ) ) != 0 )
+        return( ret );
+    while( key_length )
+    {
+        // U1 ends up in work
+        //
+        if( ( ret = mbedtls_md_hmac_update( ctx, salt, slen ) ) != 0 )
+            goto cleanup;
+
+        if( ( ret = mbedtls_md_hmac_update( ctx, counter, 4 ) ) != 0 )
+            goto cleanup;
+
+        if( ( ret = mbedtls_md_hmac_finish( ctx, work ) ) != 0 )
+            goto cleanup;
+
+        if( ( ret = mbedtls_md_hmac_reset( ctx ) ) != 0 )
+            goto cleanup;
+
+        memcpy( md1, work, md_size );
+
+        for( i = 1; i < iteration_count; i++ )
+        {
+            // U2 ends up in md1
+            //
+            if( ( ret = mbedtls_md_hmac_update( ctx, md1, md_size ) ) != 0 )
+                goto cleanup;
+
+            if( ( ret = mbedtls_md_hmac_finish( ctx, md1 ) ) != 0 )
+                goto cleanup;
+
+            if( ( ret = mbedtls_md_hmac_reset( ctx ) ) != 0 )
+                goto cleanup;
+
+            // U1 xor U2
+            //
+            for( j = 0; j < md_size; j++ )
+                work[j] ^= md1[j];
+        }
+
+        use_len = ( key_length < md_size ) ? key_length : md_size;
+        memcpy( out_p, work, use_len );
+
+        key_length -= (uint32_t) use_len;
+        out_p += use_len;
+
+        for( i = 4; i > 0; i-- )
+            if( ++counter[i - 1] != 0 )
+                break;
+    }
+
+cleanup:
+
+    return( ret );
+}
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST)
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_C)
+int mbedtls_pkcs5_self_test( int verbose )
+{
+    if( verbose != 0 )
+        mbedtls_printf( "  PBKDF2 (SHA1): skipped\n\n" );
+
+    return( 0 );
+}
+#else
+
+#define MAX_TESTS   6
+
+static const size_t plen_test_data[MAX_TESTS] =
+    { 8, 8, 8, 24, 9 };
+
+static const unsigned char password_test_data[MAX_TESTS][32] =
+{
+    "password",
+    "password",
+    "password",
+    "passwordPASSWORDpassword",
+    "pass\0word",
+};
+
+static const size_t slen_test_data[MAX_TESTS] =
+    { 4, 4, 4, 36, 5 };
+
+static const unsigned char salt_test_data[MAX_TESTS][40] =
+{
+    "salt",
+    "salt",
+    "salt",
+    "saltSALTsaltSALTsaltSALTsaltSALTsalt",
+    "sa\0lt",
+};
+
+static const uint32_t it_cnt_test_data[MAX_TESTS] =
+    { 1, 2, 4096, 4096, 4096 };
+
+static const uint32_t key_len_test_data[MAX_TESTS] =
+    { 20, 20, 20, 25, 16 };
+
+static const unsigned char result_key_test_data[MAX_TESTS][32] =
+{
+    { 0x0c, 0x60, 0xc8, 0x0f, 0x96, 0x1f, 0x0e, 0x71,
+      0xf3, 0xa9, 0xb5, 0x24, 0xaf, 0x60, 0x12, 0x06,
+      0x2f, 0xe0, 0x37, 0xa6 },
+    { 0xea, 0x6c, 0x01, 0x4d, 0xc7, 0x2d, 0x6f, 0x8c,
+      0xcd, 0x1e, 0xd9, 0x2a, 0xce, 0x1d, 0x41, 0xf0,
+      0xd8, 0xde, 0x89, 0x57 },
+    { 0x4b, 0x00, 0x79, 0x01, 0xb7, 0x65, 0x48, 0x9a,
+      0xbe, 0xad, 0x49, 0xd9, 0x26, 0xf7, 0x21, 0xd0,
+      0x65, 0xa4, 0x29, 0xc1 },
+    { 0x3d, 0x2e, 0xec, 0x4f, 0xe4, 0x1c, 0x84, 0x9b,
+      0x80, 0xc8, 0xd8, 0x36, 0x62, 0xc0, 0xe4, 0x4a,
+      0x8b, 0x29, 0x1a, 0x96, 0x4c, 0xf2, 0xf0, 0x70,
+      0x38 },
+    { 0x56, 0xfa, 0x6a, 0xa7, 0x55, 0x48, 0x09, 0x9d,
+      0xcc, 0x37, 0xd7, 0xf0, 0x34, 0x25, 0xe0, 0xc3 },
+};
+
+int mbedtls_pkcs5_self_test( int verbose )
+{
+    mbedtls_md_context_t sha1_ctx;
+    const mbedtls_md_info_t *info_sha1;
+    int ret, i;
+    unsigned char key[64];
+
+    mbedtls_md_init( &sha1_ctx );
+
+    info_sha1 = mbedtls_md_info_from_type( MBEDTLS_MD_SHA1 );
+    if( info_sha1 == NULL )
+    {
+        ret = 1;
+        goto exit;
+    }
+
+    if( ( ret = mbedtls_md_setup( &sha1_ctx, info_sha1, 1 ) ) != 0 )
+    {
+        ret = 1;
+        goto exit;
+    }
+
+    for( i = 0; i < MAX_TESTS; i++ )
+    {
+        if( verbose != 0 )
+            mbedtls_printf( "  PBKDF2 (SHA1) #%d: ", i );
+
+        ret = mbedtls_pkcs5_pbkdf2_hmac( &sha1_ctx, password_test_data[i],
+                                         plen_test_data[i], salt_test_data[i],
+                                         slen_test_data[i], it_cnt_test_data[i],
+                                         key_len_test_data[i], key );
+        if( ret != 0 ||
+            memcmp( result_key_test_data[i], key, key_len_test_data[i] ) != 0 )
+        {
+            if( verbose != 0 )
+                mbedtls_printf( "failed\n" );
+
+            ret = 1;
+            goto exit;
+        }
+
+        if( verbose != 0 )
+            mbedtls_printf( "passed\n" );
+    }
+
+    if( verbose != 0 )
+        mbedtls_printf( "\n" );
+
+exit:
+    mbedtls_md_free( &sha1_ctx );
+
+    return( ret );
+}
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SHA1_C */
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST */
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PKCS5_C */

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/crypto/platform.h

@@ -0,0 +1,404 @@
+/**
+ * \file platform.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file contains the definitions and functions of the
+ *        Mbed TLS platform abstraction layer.
+ *
+ *        The platform abstraction layer removes the need for the library
+ *        to directly link to standard C library functions or operating
+ *        system services, making the library easier to port and embed.
+ *        Application developers and users of the library can provide their own
+ *        implementations of these functions, or implementations specific to
+ *        their platform, which can be statically linked to the library or
+ *        dynamically configured at runtime.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
+ *
+ *  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
+ *  not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ *  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ *  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ *  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ *  WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ *  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ *  limitations under the License.
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_H
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \name SECTION: Module settings
+ *
+ * The configuration options you can set for this module are in this section.
+ * Either change them in mbedtls_config.h or define them on the compiler command line.
+ * \{
+ */
+
+/* The older Microsoft Windows common runtime provides non-conforming
+ * implementations of some standard library functions, including snprintf
+ * and vsnprintf. This affects MSVC and MinGW builds.
+ */
+#if defined(__MINGW32__) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1900)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_HAS_NON_CONFORMING_SNPRINTF
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_HAS_NON_CONFORMING_VSNPRINTF
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS)
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_HAS_NON_CONFORMING_SNPRINTF)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF   mbedtls_platform_win32_snprintf /**< The default \c snprintf function to use.  */
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF   snprintf /**< The default \c snprintf function to use.  */
+#endif
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_VSNPRINTF)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_HAS_NON_CONFORMING_VSNPRINTF)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_VSNPRINTF   mbedtls_platform_win32_vsnprintf /**< The default \c vsnprintf function to use.  */
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_VSNPRINTF   vsnprintf /**< The default \c vsnprintf function to use.  */
+#endif
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_PRINTF)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_PRINTF   printf /**< The default \c printf function to use. */
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FPRINTF)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FPRINTF fprintf /**< The default \c fprintf function to use. */
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_CALLOC   calloc /**< The default \c calloc function to use. */
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_FREE       free /**< The default \c free function to use. */
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT      exit /**< The default \c exit function to use. */
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_TIME       time    /**< The default \c time function to use. */
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_SUCCESS)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_SUCCESS  EXIT_SUCCESS /**< The default exit value to use. */
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_FAILURE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_FAILURE  EXIT_FAILURE /**< The default exit value to use. */
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_READ)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_READ   mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_read
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_WRITE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_WRITE  mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_write
+#endif
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_FILE)
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_NV_SEED_FILE   "seedfile"
+#endif
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */
+#else /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_MEM_HDR)
+#include MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_MEM_HDR
+#endif
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS */
+
+
+/* \} name SECTION: Module settings */
+
+/*
+ * The function pointers for calloc and free.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO) && \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO)
+#define mbedtls_free       MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO
+#define mbedtls_calloc     MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO
+#else
+/* For size_t */
+#include <stddef.h>
+extern void *mbedtls_calloc( size_t n, size_t size );
+extern void mbedtls_free( void *ptr );
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function dynamically sets the memory-management
+ *                      functions used by the library, during runtime.
+ *
+ * \param calloc_func   The \c calloc function implementation.
+ * \param free_func     The \c free function implementation.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0.
+ */
+int mbedtls_platform_set_calloc_free( void * (*calloc_func)( size_t, size_t ),
+                              void (*free_func)( void * ) );
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FREE_MACRO && MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_CALLOC_MACRO */
+#else /* !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY */
+#define mbedtls_free       free
+#define mbedtls_calloc     calloc
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_MEMORY && !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_{FREE,CALLOC}_MACRO */
+
+/*
+ * The function pointers for fprintf
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_ALT)
+/* We need FILE * */
+#include <stdio.h>
+extern int (*mbedtls_fprintf)( FILE *stream, const char *format, ... );
+
+/**
+ * \brief                This function dynamically configures the fprintf
+ *                       function that is called when the
+ *                       mbedtls_fprintf() function is invoked by the library.
+ *
+ * \param fprintf_func   The \c fprintf function implementation.
+ *
+ * \return               \c 0.
+ */
+int mbedtls_platform_set_fprintf( int (*fprintf_func)( FILE *stream, const char *,
+                                               ... ) );
+#else
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_MACRO)
+#define mbedtls_fprintf    MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_MACRO
+#else
+#define mbedtls_fprintf    fprintf
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_MACRO */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_FPRINTF_ALT */
+
+/*
+ * The function pointers for printf
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT)
+extern int (*mbedtls_printf)( const char *format, ... );
+
+/**
+ * \brief               This function dynamically configures the snprintf
+ *                      function that is called when the mbedtls_snprintf()
+ *                      function is invoked by the library.
+ *
+ * \param printf_func   The \c printf function implementation.
+ *
+ * \return              \c 0 on success.
+ */
+int mbedtls_platform_set_printf( int (*printf_func)( const char *, ... ) );
+#else /* !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_MACRO)
+#define mbedtls_printf     MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_MACRO
+#else
+#define mbedtls_printf     printf
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_MACRO */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_PRINTF_ALT */
+
+/*
+ * The function pointers for snprintf
+ *
+ * The snprintf implementation should conform to C99:
+ * - it *must* always correctly zero-terminate the buffer
+ *   (except when n == 0, then it must leave the buffer untouched)
+ * - however it is acceptable to return -1 instead of the required length when
+ *   the destination buffer is too short.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_HAS_NON_CONFORMING_SNPRINTF)
+/* For Windows (inc. MSYS2), we provide our own fixed implementation */
+int mbedtls_platform_win32_snprintf( char *s, size_t n, const char *fmt, ... );
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT)
+extern int (*mbedtls_snprintf)( char * s, size_t n, const char * format, ... );
+
+/**
+ * \brief                 This function allows configuring a custom
+ *                        \c snprintf function pointer.
+ *
+ * \param snprintf_func   The \c snprintf function implementation.
+ *
+ * \return                \c 0 on success.
+ */
+int mbedtls_platform_set_snprintf( int (*snprintf_func)( char * s, size_t n,
+                                                 const char * format, ... ) );
+#else /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO)
+#define mbedtls_snprintf   MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO
+#else
+#define mbedtls_snprintf   MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_SNPRINTF
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_MACRO */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SNPRINTF_ALT */
+
+/*
+ * The function pointers for vsnprintf
+ *
+ * The vsnprintf implementation should conform to C99:
+ * - it *must* always correctly zero-terminate the buffer
+ *   (except when n == 0, then it must leave the buffer untouched)
+ * - however it is acceptable to return -1 instead of the required length when
+ *   the destination buffer is too short.
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_HAS_NON_CONFORMING_VSNPRINTF)
+#include <stdarg.h>
+/* For Older Windows (inc. MSYS2), we provide our own fixed implementation */
+int mbedtls_platform_win32_vsnprintf( char *s, size_t n, const char *fmt, va_list arg );
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT)
+#include <stdarg.h>
+extern int (*mbedtls_vsnprintf)( char * s, size_t n, const char * format, va_list arg );
+
+/**
+ * \brief   Set your own snprintf function pointer
+ *
+ * \param   vsnprintf_func   The \c vsnprintf function implementation
+ *
+ * \return  \c 0
+ */
+int mbedtls_platform_set_vsnprintf( int (*vsnprintf_func)( char * s, size_t n,
+                                                 const char * format, va_list arg ) );
+#else /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO)
+#define mbedtls_vsnprintf   MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO
+#else
+#define mbedtls_vsnprintf   vsnprintf
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_MACRO */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_VSNPRINTF_ALT */
+
+/*
+ * The function pointers for exit
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT)
+extern void (*mbedtls_exit)( int status );
+
+/**
+ * \brief             This function dynamically configures the exit
+ *                    function that is called when the mbedtls_exit()
+ *                    function is invoked by the library.
+ *
+ * \param exit_func   The \c exit function implementation.
+ *
+ * \return            \c 0 on success.
+ */
+int mbedtls_platform_set_exit( void (*exit_func)( int status ) );
+#else
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_MACRO)
+#define mbedtls_exit   MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_MACRO
+#else
+#define mbedtls_exit   exit
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_MACRO */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_EXIT_ALT */
+
+/*
+ * The default exit values
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_SUCCESS)
+#define MBEDTLS_EXIT_SUCCESS MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_SUCCESS
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_EXIT_SUCCESS 0
+#endif
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_FAILURE)
+#define MBEDTLS_EXIT_FAILURE MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_STD_EXIT_FAILURE
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The function pointers for reading from and writing a seed file to
+ * Non-Volatile storage (NV) in a platform-independent way
+ *
+ * Only enabled when the NV seed entropy source is enabled
+ */
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED)
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NO_STD_FUNCTIONS) && defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO)
+/* Internal standard platform definitions */
+int mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_read( unsigned char *buf, size_t buf_len );
+int mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_write( unsigned char *buf, size_t buf_len );
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT)
+extern int (*mbedtls_nv_seed_read)( unsigned char *buf, size_t buf_len );
+extern int (*mbedtls_nv_seed_write)( unsigned char *buf, size_t buf_len );
+
+/**
+ * \brief   This function allows configuring custom seed file writing and
+ *          reading functions.
+ *
+ * \param   nv_seed_read_func   The seed reading function implementation.
+ * \param   nv_seed_write_func  The seed writing function implementation.
+ *
+ * \return  \c 0 on success.
+ */
+int mbedtls_platform_set_nv_seed(
+            int (*nv_seed_read_func)( unsigned char *buf, size_t buf_len ),
+            int (*nv_seed_write_func)( unsigned char *buf, size_t buf_len )
+            );
+#else
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_READ_MACRO) && \
+    defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_WRITE_MACRO)
+#define mbedtls_nv_seed_read    MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_READ_MACRO
+#define mbedtls_nv_seed_write   MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_WRITE_MACRO
+#else
+#define mbedtls_nv_seed_read    mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_read
+#define mbedtls_nv_seed_write   mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_write
+#endif
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_ALT */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_NV_SEED */
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETUP_TEARDOWN_ALT)
+
+/**
+ * \brief   The platform context structure.
+ *
+ * \note    This structure may be used to assist platform-specific
+ *          setup or teardown operations.
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_platform_context
+{
+    char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(dummy); /**< A placeholder member, as empty structs are not portable. */
+}
+mbedtls_platform_context;
+
+#else
+#include "platform_alt.h"
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_SETUP_TEARDOWN_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief   This function performs any platform-specific initialization
+ *          operations.
+ *
+ * \note    This function should be called before any other library functions.
+ *
+ *          Its implementation is platform-specific, and unless
+ *          platform-specific code is provided, it does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note    The usage and necessity of this function is dependent on the platform.
+ *
+ * \param   ctx     The platform context.
+ *
+ * \return  \c 0 on success.
+ */
+int mbedtls_platform_setup( mbedtls_platform_context *ctx );
+/**
+ * \brief   This function performs any platform teardown operations.
+ *
+ * \note    This function should be called after every other Mbed TLS module
+ *          has been correctly freed using the appropriate free function.
+ *
+ *          Its implementation is platform-specific, and unless
+ *          platform-specific code is provided, it does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note    The usage and necessity of this function is dependent on the platform.
+ *
+ * \param   ctx     The platform context.
+ *
+ */
+void mbedtls_platform_teardown( mbedtls_platform_context *ctx );
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* platform.h */

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/crypto/platform_util.h

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/**
+ * \file platform_util.h
+ *
+ * \brief Common and shared functions used by multiple modules in the Mbed TLS
+ *        library.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
+ *
+ *  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
+ *  not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ *  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ *  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ *  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ *  WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ *  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ *  limitations under the License.
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_UTIL_H
+#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_UTIL_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE)
+#include "platform_time.h"
+#include <time.h>
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Internal macros meant to be called only from within the library. */
+#define MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_RET( cond, ret )  do { } while( 0 )
+#define MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE( cond )           do { } while( 0 )
+
+/* Internal helper macros for deprecating API constants. */
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED)
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING)
+/* Deliberately don't (yet) export MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED here
+ * to avoid conflict with other headers which define and use
+ * it, too. We might want to move all these definitions here at
+ * some point for uniformity. */
+#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated))
+MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED typedef char const * mbedtls_deprecated_string_constant_t;
+#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_STRING_CONSTANT( VAL )       \
+    ( (mbedtls_deprecated_string_constant_t) ( VAL ) )
+MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED typedef int mbedtls_deprecated_numeric_constant_t;
+#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_NUMERIC_CONSTANT( VAL )       \
+    ( (mbedtls_deprecated_numeric_constant_t) ( VAL ) )
+#undef MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED
+#else /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING */
+#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_STRING_CONSTANT( VAL ) VAL
+#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_NUMERIC_CONSTANT( VAL ) VAL
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING */
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_UTIL_H */

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/crypto/private_access.h

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+ /**
+ * \file private_access.h
+ *
+ * \brief Macro wrapper for struct's memebrs.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
+ *
+ *  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
+ *  not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ *  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ *  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ *  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ *  WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ *  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ *  limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_PRIVATE_ACCESS_H
+#define MBEDTLS_PRIVATE_ACCESS_H
+
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_ALLOW_PRIVATE_ACCESS
+#define MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(member) private_##member
+#else
+#define MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(member) member
+#endif
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_PRIVATE_ACCESS_H */

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/crypto/sha1.h

@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+/**
+ * \file sha1.h
+ *
+ * \brief This file contains SHA-1 definitions and functions.
+ *
+ * The Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1) cryptographic hash function is defined in
+ * <em>FIPS 180-4: Secure Hash Standard (SHS)</em>.
+ *
+ * \warning   SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use constitutes
+ *            a security risk. We recommend considering stronger message
+ *            digests instead.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
+ *
+ *  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
+ *  not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ *  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ *  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ *  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ *  WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ *  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ *  limitations under the License.
+ */
+#ifndef MBEDTLS_SHA1_H
+#define MBEDTLS_SHA1_H
+#include "private_access.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA1_BAD_INPUT_DATA                   -0x0073  /**< SHA-1 input data was malformed. */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_ALT)
+// Regular implementation
+//
+
+/**
+ * \brief          The SHA-1 context structure.
+ *
+ * \warning        SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ *                 constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *                 stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ */
+typedef struct mbedtls_sha1_context
+{
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(total)[2];          /*!< The number of Bytes processed.  */
+    uint32_t MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(state)[5];          /*!< The intermediate digest state.  */
+    unsigned char MBEDTLS_PRIVATE(buffer)[64];   /*!< The data block being processed. */
+    
+    unsigned char ipad[64];     /*!< HMAC: inner padding        */
+    unsigned char opad[64];     /*!< HMAC: outer padding        */
+}
+mbedtls_sha1_context;
+
+#else  /* MBEDTLS_SHA1_ALT */
+#include "sha1_alt.h"
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SHA1_ALT */
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function initializes a SHA-1 context.
+ *
+ * \warning        SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ *                 constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *                 stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The SHA-1 context to initialize.
+ *                 This must not be \c NULL.
+ *
+ */
+void mbedtls_sha1_init( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx );
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function clears a SHA-1 context.
+ *
+ * \warning        SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ *                 constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *                 stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The SHA-1 context to clear. This may be \c NULL,
+ *                 in which case this function does nothing. If it is
+ *                 not \c NULL, it must point to an initialized
+ *                 SHA-1 context.
+ *
+ */
+void mbedtls_sha1_free( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx );
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function clones the state of a SHA-1 context.
+ *
+ * \warning        SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ *                 constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *                 stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ * \param dst      The SHA-1 context to clone to. This must be initialized.
+ * \param src      The SHA-1 context to clone from. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ */
+void mbedtls_sha1_clone( mbedtls_sha1_context *dst,
+                         const mbedtls_sha1_context *src );
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function starts a SHA-1 checksum calculation.
+ *
+ * \warning        SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ *                 constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *                 stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The SHA-1 context to initialize. This must be initialized.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha1_starts( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx );
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing SHA-1
+ *                 checksum calculation.
+ *
+ * \warning        SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ *                 constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *                 stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The SHA-1 context. This must be initialized
+ *                 and have a hash operation started.
+ * \param input    The buffer holding the input data.
+ *                 This must be a readable buffer of length \p ilen Bytes.
+ * \param ilen     The length of the input data \p input in Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha1_update( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx,
+                         const unsigned char *input,
+                         size_t ilen );
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function finishes the SHA-1 operation, and writes
+ *                 the result to the output buffer.
+ *
+ * \warning        SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ *                 constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *                 stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The SHA-1 context to use. This must be initialized and
+ *                 have a hash operation started.
+ * \param output   The SHA-1 checksum result. This must be a writable
+ *                 buffer of length \c 20 Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha1_finish( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx,
+                         unsigned char output[20] );
+
+/**
+ * \brief          SHA-1 process data block (internal use only).
+ *
+ * \warning        SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ *                 constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *                 stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ * \param ctx      The SHA-1 context to use. This must be initialized.
+ * \param data     The data block being processed. This must be a
+ *                 readable buffer of length \c 64 Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_internal_sha1_process( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx,
+                                   const unsigned char data[64] );
+
+/**
+ * \brief          This function calculates the SHA-1 checksum of a buffer.
+ *
+ *                 The function allocates the context, performs the
+ *                 calculation, and frees the context.
+ *
+ *                 The SHA-1 result is calculated as
+ *                 output = SHA-1(input buffer).
+ *
+ * \warning        SHA-1 is considered a weak message digest and its use
+ *                 constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering
+ *                 stronger message digests instead.
+ *
+ * \param input    The buffer holding the input data.
+ *                 This must be a readable buffer of length \p ilen Bytes.
+ * \param ilen     The length of the input data \p input in Bytes.
+ * \param output   The SHA-1 checksum result.
+ *                 This must be a writable buffer of length \c 20 Bytes.
+ *
+ * \return         \c 0 on success.
+ * \return         A negative error code on failure.
+ *
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha1( const unsigned char *input,
+                  size_t ilen,
+                  unsigned char output[20] );
+
+
+void sha1_hmac( const unsigned char *key, size_t keylen,
+                const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen,
+                unsigned char output[20] );
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* mbedtls_sha1.h */

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/crypto/sha1.twl.c

@@ -0,0 +1,499 @@
+/*
+ *  FIPS-180-1 compliant SHA-1 implementation
+ *
+ *  Copyright The Mbed TLS Contributors
+ *  SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
+ *
+ *  Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may
+ *  not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ *  You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ *  http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ *  Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ *  distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
+ *  WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ *  See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ *  limitations under the License.
+ */
+/*
+ *  The SHA-1 standard was published by NIST in 1993.
+ *
+ *  http://www.itl.nist.gov/fipspubs/fip180-1.htm
+ */
+
+#include "common.h"
+
+#if defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_C)
+
+#include "sha1.h"
+#include "platform_util.h"
+#include "error.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define SHA1_VALIDATE_RET(cond)                             \
+    MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_RET( cond, MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA1_BAD_INPUT_DATA )
+
+#define SHA1_VALIDATE(cond)  MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE( cond )
+
+/*
+ * 32-bit integer manipulation macros (big endian)
+ */
+#ifndef GET_UINT32_BE
+#define GET_UINT32_BE(n,b,i)                            \
+{                                                       \
+    (n) = ( (uint32_t) (b)[(i)    ] << 24 )             \
+        | ( (uint32_t) (b)[(i) + 1] << 16 )             \
+        | ( (uint32_t) (b)[(i) + 2] <<  8 )             \
+        | ( (uint32_t) (b)[(i) + 3]       );            \
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PUT_UINT32_BE
+#define PUT_UINT32_BE(n,b,i)                            \
+{                                                       \
+    (b)[(i)    ] = (unsigned char) ( (n) >> 24 );       \
+    (b)[(i) + 1] = (unsigned char) ( (n) >> 16 );       \
+    (b)[(i) + 2] = (unsigned char) ( (n) >>  8 );       \
+    (b)[(i) + 3] = (unsigned char) ( (n)       );       \
+}
+#endif
+
+void mbedtls_sha1_init( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx )
+{
+    SHA1_VALIDATE( ctx != NULL );
+
+    memset( ctx, 0, sizeof( mbedtls_sha1_context ) );
+}
+
+void mbedtls_sha1_free( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx )
+{
+    if( ctx == NULL )
+        return;
+}
+
+void mbedtls_sha1_clone( mbedtls_sha1_context *dst,
+                         const mbedtls_sha1_context *src )
+{
+    SHA1_VALIDATE( dst != NULL );
+    SHA1_VALIDATE( src != NULL );
+
+    *dst = *src;
+}
+
+/*
+ * SHA-1 context setup
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha1_starts( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx )
+{
+    SHA1_VALIDATE_RET( ctx != NULL );
+
+    ctx->total[0] = 0;
+    ctx->total[1] = 0;
+
+    ctx->state[0] = 0x67452301;
+    ctx->state[1] = 0xEFCDAB89;
+    ctx->state[2] = 0x98BADCFE;
+    ctx->state[3] = 0x10325476;
+    ctx->state[4] = 0xC3D2E1F0;
+
+    return( 0 );
+}
+
+#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SHA1_PROCESS_ALT)
+int mbedtls_internal_sha1_process( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx,
+                                   const unsigned char data[64] )
+{
+    struct
+    {
+        uint32_t temp, W[16], A, B, C, D, E;
+    } local;
+
+    SHA1_VALIDATE_RET( ctx != NULL );
+    SHA1_VALIDATE_RET( (const unsigned char *)data != NULL );
+
+    GET_UINT32_BE( local.W[ 0], data,  0 );
+    GET_UINT32_BE( local.W[ 1], data,  4 );
+    GET_UINT32_BE( local.W[ 2], data,  8 );
+    GET_UINT32_BE( local.W[ 3], data, 12 );
+    GET_UINT32_BE( local.W[ 4], data, 16 );
+    GET_UINT32_BE( local.W[ 5], data, 20 );
+    GET_UINT32_BE( local.W[ 6], data, 24 );
+    GET_UINT32_BE( local.W[ 7], data, 28 );
+    GET_UINT32_BE( local.W[ 8], data, 32 );
+    GET_UINT32_BE( local.W[ 9], data, 36 );
+    GET_UINT32_BE( local.W[10], data, 40 );
+    GET_UINT32_BE( local.W[11], data, 44 );
+    GET_UINT32_BE( local.W[12], data, 48 );
+    GET_UINT32_BE( local.W[13], data, 52 );
+    GET_UINT32_BE( local.W[14], data, 56 );
+    GET_UINT32_BE( local.W[15], data, 60 );
+
+#define S(x,n) (((x) << (n)) | (((x) & 0xFFFFFFFF) >> (32 - (n))))
+
+#define R(t)                                                    \
+    (                                                           \
+        local.temp = local.W[( (t) -  3 ) & 0x0F] ^             \
+                     local.W[( (t) -  8 ) & 0x0F] ^             \
+                     local.W[( (t) - 14 ) & 0x0F] ^             \
+                     local.W[  (t)        & 0x0F],              \
+        ( local.W[(t) & 0x0F] = S(local.temp,1) )               \
+    )
+
+#define P(a,b,c,d,e,x)                                          \
+    do                                                          \
+    {                                                           \
+        (e) += S((a),5) + F((b),(c),(d)) + K + (x);             \
+        (b) = S((b),30);                                        \
+    } while( 0 )
+
+    local.A = ctx->state[0];
+    local.B = ctx->state[1];
+    local.C = ctx->state[2];
+    local.D = ctx->state[3];
+    local.E = ctx->state[4];
+
+#define F(x,y,z) ((z) ^ ((x) & ((y) ^ (z))))
+#define K 0x5A827999
+
+    P( local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, local.W[0]  );
+    P( local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, local.W[1]  );
+    P( local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, local.W[2]  );
+    P( local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, local.W[3]  );
+    P( local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, local.W[4]  );
+    P( local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, local.W[5]  );
+    P( local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, local.W[6]  );
+    P( local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, local.W[7]  );
+    P( local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, local.W[8]  );
+    P( local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, local.W[9]  );
+    P( local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, local.W[10] );
+    P( local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, local.W[11] );
+    P( local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, local.W[12] );
+    P( local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, local.W[13] );
+    P( local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, local.W[14] );
+    P( local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, local.W[15] );
+    P( local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, R(16) );
+    P( local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, R(17) );
+    P( local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, R(18) );
+    P( local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, R(19) );
+
+#undef K
+#undef F
+
+#define F(x,y,z) ((x) ^ (y) ^ (z))
+#define K 0x6ED9EBA1
+
+    P( local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, R(20) );
+    P( local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, R(21) );
+    P( local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, R(22) );
+    P( local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, R(23) );
+    P( local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, R(24) );
+    P( local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, R(25) );
+    P( local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, R(26) );
+    P( local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, R(27) );
+    P( local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, R(28) );
+    P( local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, R(29) );
+    P( local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, R(30) );
+    P( local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, R(31) );
+    P( local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, R(32) );
+    P( local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, R(33) );
+    P( local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, R(34) );
+    P( local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, R(35) );
+    P( local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, R(36) );
+    P( local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, R(37) );
+    P( local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, R(38) );
+    P( local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, R(39) );
+
+#undef K
+#undef F
+
+#define F(x,y,z) (((x) & (y)) | ((z) & ((x) | (y))))
+#define K 0x8F1BBCDC
+
+    P( local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, R(40) );
+    P( local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, R(41) );
+    P( local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, R(42) );
+    P( local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, R(43) );
+    P( local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, R(44) );
+    P( local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, R(45) );
+    P( local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, R(46) );
+    P( local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, R(47) );
+    P( local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, R(48) );
+    P( local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, R(49) );
+    P( local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, R(50) );
+    P( local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, R(51) );
+    P( local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, R(52) );
+    P( local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, R(53) );
+    P( local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, R(54) );
+    P( local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, R(55) );
+    P( local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, R(56) );
+    P( local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, R(57) );
+    P( local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, R(58) );
+    P( local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, R(59) );
+
+#undef K
+#undef F
+
+#define F(x,y,z) ((x) ^ (y) ^ (z))
+#define K 0xCA62C1D6
+
+    P( local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, R(60) );
+    P( local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, R(61) );
+    P( local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, R(62) );
+    P( local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, R(63) );
+    P( local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, R(64) );
+    P( local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, R(65) );
+    P( local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, R(66) );
+    P( local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, R(67) );
+    P( local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, R(68) );
+    P( local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, R(69) );
+    P( local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, R(70) );
+    P( local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, R(71) );
+    P( local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, R(72) );
+    P( local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, R(73) );
+    P( local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, R(74) );
+    P( local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, R(75) );
+    P( local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, local.D, R(76) );
+    P( local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, local.C, R(77) );
+    P( local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, local.B, R(78) );
+    P( local.B, local.C, local.D, local.E, local.A, R(79) );
+
+#undef K
+#undef F
+
+    ctx->state[0] += local.A;
+    ctx->state[1] += local.B;
+    ctx->state[2] += local.C;
+    ctx->state[3] += local.D;
+    ctx->state[4] += local.E;
+
+    return( 0 );
+}
+
+#endif /* !MBEDTLS_SHA1_PROCESS_ALT */
+
+/*
+ * SHA-1 process buffer
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha1_update( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx,
+                             const unsigned char *input,
+                             size_t ilen )
+{
+    int ret = MBEDTLS_ERR_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED;
+    size_t fill;
+    uint32_t left;
+
+    SHA1_VALIDATE_RET( ctx != NULL );
+    SHA1_VALIDATE_RET( ilen == 0 || input != NULL );
+
+    if( ilen == 0 )
+        return( 0 );
+
+    left = ctx->total[0] & 0x3F;
+    fill = 64 - left;
+
+    ctx->total[0] += (uint32_t) ilen;
+    ctx->total[0] &= 0xFFFFFFFF;
+
+    if( ctx->total[0] < (uint32_t) ilen )
+        ctx->total[1]++;
+
+    if( left && ilen >= fill )
+    {
+        memcpy( (void *) (ctx->buffer + left), input, fill );
+
+        if( ( ret = mbedtls_internal_sha1_process( ctx, ctx->buffer ) ) != 0 )
+            return( ret );
+
+        input += fill;
+        ilen  -= fill;
+        left = 0;
+    }
+
+    while( ilen >= 64 )
+    {
+        if( ( ret = mbedtls_internal_sha1_process( ctx, input ) ) != 0 )
+            return( ret );
+
+        input += 64;
+        ilen  -= 64;
+    }
+
+    if( ilen > 0 )
+        memcpy( (void *) (ctx->buffer + left), input, ilen );
+
+    return( 0 );
+}
+
+/*
+ * SHA-1 final digest
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha1_finish( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx,
+                             unsigned char output[20] )
+{
+    int ret = MBEDTLS_ERR_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED;
+    uint32_t used;
+    uint32_t high, low;
+
+    SHA1_VALIDATE_RET( ctx != NULL );
+    SHA1_VALIDATE_RET( (unsigned char *)output != NULL );
+
+    /*
+     * Add padding: 0x80 then 0x00 until 8 bytes remain for the length
+     */
+    used = ctx->total[0] & 0x3F;
+
+    ctx->buffer[used++] = 0x80;
+
+    if( used <= 56 )
+    {
+        /* Enough room for padding + length in current block */
+        memset( ctx->buffer + used, 0, 56 - used );
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* We'll need an extra block */
+        memset( ctx->buffer + used, 0, 64 - used );
+
+        if( ( ret = mbedtls_internal_sha1_process( ctx, ctx->buffer ) ) != 0 )
+            return( ret );
+
+        memset( ctx->buffer, 0, 56 );
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Add message length
+     */
+    high = ( ctx->total[0] >> 29 )
+         | ( ctx->total[1] <<  3 );
+    low  = ( ctx->total[0] <<  3 );
+
+    PUT_UINT32_BE( high, ctx->buffer, 56 );
+    PUT_UINT32_BE( low,  ctx->buffer, 60 );
+
+    if( ( ret = mbedtls_internal_sha1_process( ctx, ctx->buffer ) ) != 0 )
+        return( ret );
+
+    /*
+     * Output final state
+     */
+    PUT_UINT32_BE( ctx->state[0], output,  0 );
+    PUT_UINT32_BE( ctx->state[1], output,  4 );
+    PUT_UINT32_BE( ctx->state[2], output,  8 );
+    PUT_UINT32_BE( ctx->state[3], output, 12 );
+    PUT_UINT32_BE( ctx->state[4], output, 16 );
+
+    return( 0 );
+}
+
+/*
+ * output = SHA-1( input buffer )
+ */
+int mbedtls_sha1( const unsigned char *input,
+                      size_t ilen,
+                      unsigned char output[20] )
+{
+    int ret = MBEDTLS_ERR_ERROR_CORRUPTION_DETECTED;
+    mbedtls_sha1_context ctx;
+
+    SHA1_VALIDATE_RET( ilen == 0 || input != NULL );
+    SHA1_VALIDATE_RET( (unsigned char *)output != NULL );
+
+    mbedtls_sha1_init( &ctx );
+
+    if( ( ret = mbedtls_sha1_starts( &ctx ) ) != 0 )
+        goto exit;
+
+    if( ( ret = mbedtls_sha1_update( &ctx, input, ilen ) ) != 0 )
+        goto exit;
+
+    if( ( ret = mbedtls_sha1_finish( &ctx, output ) ) != 0 )
+        goto exit;
+
+exit:
+    mbedtls_sha1_free( &ctx );
+
+    return( ret );
+}
+
+/*
+ * SHA-1 HMAC context setup
+ */
+void sha1_hmac_starts( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx, const unsigned char *key, size_t keylen )
+{
+    size_t i;
+    unsigned char sum[20];
+
+    if( keylen > 64 )
+    {
+        mbedtls_sha1( key, keylen, sum );
+        keylen = 20;
+        key = sum;
+    }
+
+    memset( ctx->ipad, 0x36, 64 );
+    memset( ctx->opad, 0x5C, 64 );
+
+    for( i = 0; i < keylen; i++ )
+    {
+        ctx->ipad[i] = (unsigned char)( ctx->ipad[i] ^ key[i] );
+        ctx->opad[i] = (unsigned char)( ctx->opad[i] ^ key[i] );
+    }
+
+    mbedtls_sha1_starts( ctx );
+    mbedtls_sha1_update( ctx, ctx->ipad, 64 );
+
+    memset( sum, 0, sizeof( sum ) );
+}
+
+/*
+ * SHA-1 HMAC process buffer
+ */
+void sha1_hmac_update( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx, const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen )
+{
+    mbedtls_sha1_update( ctx, input, ilen );
+}
+
+/*
+ * SHA-1 HMAC final digest
+ */
+void sha1_hmac_finish( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx, unsigned char output[20] )
+{
+    unsigned char tmpbuf[20];
+
+    mbedtls_sha1_finish( ctx, tmpbuf );
+    mbedtls_sha1_starts( ctx );
+    mbedtls_sha1_update( ctx, ctx->opad, 64 );
+    mbedtls_sha1_update( ctx, tmpbuf, 20 );
+    mbedtls_sha1_finish( ctx, output );
+
+    memset( tmpbuf, 0, sizeof( tmpbuf ) );
+}
+
+/*
+ * SHA1 HMAC context reset
+ */
+void sha1_hmac_reset( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx )
+{
+    mbedtls_sha1_starts( ctx );
+    mbedtls_sha1_update( ctx, ctx->ipad, 64 );
+}
+
+/*
+ * output = HMAC-SHA-1( hmac key, input buffer )
+ */
+void sha1_hmac( const unsigned char *key, size_t keylen,
+                const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen,
+                unsigned char output[20] )
+{
+    mbedtls_sha1_context ctx;
+
+    sha1_hmac_starts( &ctx, key, keylen );
+    sha1_hmac_update( &ctx, input, ilen );
+    sha1_hmac_finish( &ctx, output );
+
+    memset( &ctx, 0, sizeof( mbedtls_sha1_context ) );
+}
+
+#endif /* MBEDTLS_SHA1_C */

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/ieee/wpa.h

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2021 Max Thomas
+ * This file is part of DSiWifi and is distributed under the MIT license.
+ * See dsiwifi_license.txt for terms of use.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _WPA_H
+#define _WPA_H
+
+#include "common.h"
+
+typedef struct gtk_keyinfo
+{
+    u8 keytype[4];
+    u8 keyidx;
+    u8 unk;
+    u8 key[0x20];
+} gtk_keyinfo;
+
+typedef struct ptk_keyinfo
+{
+    u8 kck[0x10];
+    u8 kek[0x10];
+    u8 tk[0x10];
+    u8 mic_tx[0x8]; // TKIP-only
+    u8 mic_rx[0x8]; // TKIP-only
+} ptk_keyinfo;
+
+#define PTK_KCK (0x00)
+#define PTK_KEK (0x10)
+#define PTK_TK  (0x20)
+
+void wpa_calc_pmk(const char* ssid, const char* pass, u8* pmk);
+void wpa_decrypt_gtk(const u8* kek, const u8* data, u32 data_len, gtk_keyinfo* out);
+void wpa_calc_mic(const u8* kck, const u8* pkt_data, u32 pkt_len, u8* mic_out);
+void wpa_calc_ptk(const u8* dev_mac, const u8* ap_mac, const u8* dev_nonce, const u8* ap_nonce, const u8* pmk, ptk_keyinfo* ptk);
+
+#endif // _WPA_H

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/ieee/wpa.twl.c

@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2021 Max Thomas
+ * This file is part of DSiWifi and is distributed under the MIT license.
+ * See dsiwifi_license.txt for terms of use.
+ */
+
+#include "wpa.h"
+
+#include "utils.h"
+
+#include "crypto/sha1.h"
+#include "crypto/md.h"
+#include "crypto/pkcs5.h"
+#include "crypto/nist_kw.h"
+
+static int PBKDF2_HMAC_SHA_1(const char* pass, const char* salt, int32_t iterations, uint32_t outputBytes, uint8_t* out)
+{
+    mbedtls_md_context_t sha1_ctx;
+    const mbedtls_md_info_t *info_sha1;
+    int ret;
+
+    info_sha1 = mbedtls_md_info_from_type( MBEDTLS_MD_SHA1 );
+    if( info_sha1 == NULL )
+        return( 104 );
+
+    if( ( ret = mbedtls_md_setup( &sha1_ctx, info_sha1, 1 ) ) != 0 )
+    {
+        ret = 1;
+        return ret;
+    }
+
+    ret = mbedtls_pkcs5_pbkdf2_hmac( &sha1_ctx, (u8*)pass, strlen(pass), (u8*)salt,
+                              strlen(salt), iterations, outputBytes, out );
+    if( ret != 0 )
+    {
+        return( 102 );
+    }
+
+    mbedtls_md_free( &sha1_ctx );
+
+    return(0);
+}
+
+static void get_arr_min(const uint8_t* a, const uint8_t* b, size_t len, uint8_t* out)
+{
+    int a_is_max = 0;
+    for (int i = 0; i < len; i++)
+    {
+        if (a[i] == b[i]) continue;
+        
+        if (a[i] > b[i])
+        {
+            a_is_max = 1;
+            break;
+        }
+        
+        break;
+    }
+    
+    memcpy(out, a_is_max ? b : a, len);
+}
+
+static void get_arr_max(const uint8_t* a, const uint8_t* b, size_t len, uint8_t* out)
+{
+    int a_is_max = 0;
+    for (int i = 0; i < len; i++)
+    {
+        if (a[i] == b[i]) continue;
+        
+        if (a[i] > b[i])
+        {
+            a_is_max = 1;
+            break;
+        }
+        
+        break;
+    }
+    
+    memcpy(out, a_is_max ? a : b, len);
+}
+
+// !! This takes about 3 seconds on the 3DS ARM11 !!
+// Use the cached version in NVRAM if you can.
+void wpa_calc_pmk(const char* ssid, const char* pass, u8* pmk)
+{
+    // Generate PMK
+    PBKDF2_HMAC_SHA_1(pass, ssid, 4096, 32, pmk);
+}
+
+void wpa_decrypt_gtk(const u8* kek, const u8* data, u32 data_len, gtk_keyinfo* out)
+{
+    mbedtls_nist_kw_context kw_ctx;
+    uint8_t gtk_dec[0x200];
+    size_t decrypted_length;
+    
+
+    mbedtls_nist_kw_init(&kw_ctx);
+
+    // Set KEK
+    mbedtls_nist_kw_setkey(&kw_ctx, MBEDTLS_CIPHER_ID_AES, kek, 128, 0);
+
+    // Unwrap GTK
+    mbedtls_nist_kw_unwrap(&kw_ctx, MBEDTLS_KW_MODE_KW, 
+                           data, data_len,
+                           gtk_dec, &decrypted_length,
+                           0x200);
+
+    mbedtls_nist_kw_free(&kw_ctx);
+    
+    //hexdump(gtk_dec, 0x40);
+    
+    memset(out, 0, sizeof(gtk_keyinfo));
+    
+    int i = 0;
+    while (i < decrypted_length)
+    {
+        u8 ent_type = gtk_dec[i++];
+        u8 ent_size = gtk_dec[i++];
+        
+        const u8 expected_keytype[4] = {0x00, 0x0f, 0xAC, 0x01};
+        
+        if (ent_type == 0xDD && !memcmp(&gtk_dec[i], expected_keytype, 4) && (ent_size == 0x16 || ent_size == 0x26))
+        {
+            memcpy(out, &gtk_dec[i], ent_size);
+        }
+        i += ent_size;
+    }
+}
+
+void wpa_calc_mic(const u8* kck, const u8* pkt_data, u32 pkt_len, u8* mic_out)
+{
+    uint8_t out[0x20];
+    sha1_hmac(kck, 0x10, pkt_data, pkt_len, out);
+    
+    //hexdump(out, 16);
+    memcpy(mic_out, out, 16);
+}
+
+void wpa_calc_ptk(const u8* dev_mac, const u8* ap_mac, const u8* dev_nonce, const u8* ap_nonce, const u8* pmk, ptk_keyinfo* ptk)
+{
+    uint8_t ptk_out[0x60];
+    uint8_t mac_min[6];
+    uint8_t mac_max[6];
+    uint8_t nonce_min[32];
+    uint8_t nonce_max[32];
+    
+    get_arr_min(dev_mac, ap_mac, 6, mac_min);
+    get_arr_max(dev_mac, ap_mac, 6, mac_max);
+    
+    //hexdump(mac_min, 6);
+    //hexdump(mac_max, 6);
+    
+    get_arr_min(ap_nonce, dev_nonce, 32, nonce_min);
+    get_arr_max(ap_nonce, dev_nonce, 32, nonce_max);
+    
+    
+    // Generate PTK
+    char ptk_data[512];
+    memset(ptk_data, 0, sizeof(ptk_data));
+    
+    int ptk_data_pos = 0;
+    strcpy(ptk_data, "Pairwise key expansion");
+    ptk_data_pos += strlen("Pairwise key expansion") + 1;
+    memcpy(ptk_data + ptk_data_pos, mac_min, 6); ptk_data_pos += 6;
+    memcpy(ptk_data + ptk_data_pos, mac_max, 6); ptk_data_pos += 6;
+    memcpy(ptk_data + ptk_data_pos, nonce_min, 32); ptk_data_pos += 32;
+    memcpy(ptk_data + ptk_data_pos, nonce_max, 32); ptk_data_pos += 32;
+    ptk_data[ptk_data_pos] = 0; ptk_data_pos += 1; // key iteration
+    
+    sha1_hmac(pmk, 0x20, (u8*)ptk_data, ptk_data_pos, ptk_out);
+    
+    ptk_data[ptk_data_pos-1] = 1;
+    sha1_hmac(pmk, 0x20, (u8*)ptk_data, ptk_data_pos, ptk_out + 0x14);
+    
+    ptk_data[ptk_data_pos-1] = 2;
+    sha1_hmac(pmk, 0x20, (u8*)ptk_data, ptk_data_pos, ptk_out + 0x14*2);
+    
+    ptk_data[ptk_data_pos-1] = 3;
+    sha1_hmac(pmk, 0x20, (u8*)ptk_data, ptk_data_pos, ptk_out + 0x14*3);
+    
+    
+    memcpy(ptk, ptk_out, sizeof(ptk_keyinfo));
+    //hexdump(ptk_out, 16);
+}

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/utils.twl.c

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+#include "utils.h"
+
+#include "wifi_debug.h"
+
+void hexdump(const void* data, size_t size)
+{
+    u32 offset = 0;
+    const size_t line_max = 12;
+
+    while(size)
+    {
+        size_t current_size = min(line_max, size);
+
+        for(int i = 0; i < current_size; i++)
+        {
+            wifi_printf("%02X ", ((u8*)data)[offset + i]);
+        }
+
+        wifi_printf("\n");
+
+        size -= current_size;
+        offset += current_size;
+    }
+}

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/wifi_arm7.c

@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+// DS Wifi interface code
+// Copyright (C) 2005-2006 Stephen Stair - sgstair@akkit.org - http://www.akkit.org
+// wifi_arm7.c - arm7 wifi interface code
+/****************************************************************************** 
+DSWifi Lib and test materials are licenced under the MIT open source licence:
+Copyright (c) 2005-2006 Stephen Stair
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
+of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do
+so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+SOFTWARE.
+******************************************************************************/
+
+
+#include <nds.h>
+#include "dsregs.h"
+#include "wifi_arm7.h"
+#include "wifi_debug.h"
+#include "wifi_card.h"
+
+#include "spinlock.h" // .h file with code for spinlocking in it.
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//  Main functionality
+//
+
+void Wifi_RFInit() {
+
+}
+
+void Wifi_BBInit() {
+
+}
+
+void Wifi_MacInit() {
+
+}
+
+
+void Wifi_TxSetup() {
+
+}
+
+void Wifi_RxSetup() {
+
+}
+
+
+void Wifi_WakeUp() {
+
+}
+void Wifi_Shutdown() {
+
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//  MAC Copy functions
+//
+
+u16 Wifi_MACRead(u32 MAC_Base, u32 MAC_Offset) {
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int Wifi_QueueRxMacData(u32 base, u32 len) {
+
+	return 1;
+}
+
+int Wifi_CheckTxBuf(s32 offset) {
+    return 0;
+}
+
+// non-wrapping function.
+int Wifi_CopyFirstTxData(s32 macbase) {
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void Wifi_TxRaw(u16 * data, int datalen) {
+
+}
+
+int Wifi_TxCheck() {
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void Wifi_LoadBeacon(int from, int to) {
+
+}
+
+void Wifi_SetBeaconChannel(int channel) {
+
+}
+
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//  Wifi Interrupts
+//
+
+void Wifi_Intr_RxEnd() {
+
+}
+
+void Wifi_Intr_CntOverflow() {
+
+}
+
+void Wifi_Intr_TxEnd() { 
+
+}
+
+
+void Wifi_Intr_DoNothing() {
+}
+
+
+
+void Wifi_Interrupt() {
+
+}
+
+void Wifi_Update() {
+
+}
+
+
+
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//  Wifi User-called Functions
+//
+
+void Wifi_Init(u32 wifidata) {
+	
+}
+
+void Wifi_Deinit() {
+	
+}
+
+void Wifi_Start() {
+	
+}
+
+void Wifi_Stop() {
+	
+}
+
+void Wifi_SetChannel(int channel) {
+	
+}
+void Wifi_SetWepKey(void * wepkey) {
+	
+}
+
+void Wifi_SetWepMode(int wepmode) {
+	
+}
+
+void Wifi_SetBeaconPeriod(int beacon_period) {
+	
+}
+
+void Wifi_SetMode(int wifimode) {
+	
+}
+void Wifi_SetPreambleType(int preamble_type) {
+	
+}
+void Wifi_DisableTempPowerSave() {
+	
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+//  802.11b system, tied in a bit with the :
+
+
+int Wifi_TxQueue(u16 * data, int datalen) {
+
+	return 1;
+}
+
+int Wifi_GenMgtHeader(u8 * data, u16 headerflags) {
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int Wifi_SendOpenSystemAuthPacket() {
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int Wifi_SendSharedKeyAuthPacket() {
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int Wifi_SendSharedKeyAuthPacket2(int challenge_length, u8 * challenge_Text) {
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+int Wifi_SendAssocPacket() { // uses arm7 data in our struct
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int Wifi_SendNullFrame() {  // Fix: Either sent ToDS properly or drop ToDS flag. Also fix length (16+4) 
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int Wifi_SendPSPollFrame() {
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int Wifi_ProcessReceivedFrame(int macbase, int framelen) {
+    return 0;
+}
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// sync functions
+
+void Wifi_Sync() {
+	//Wifi_Update();
+}
+
+void Wifi_SetSyncHandler(WifiSyncHandler sh) {
+
+}
+
+
+void installWifiFIFO() {
+
+	wifi_card_init();
+}

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/wifi_arm7.h

@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+// DS Wifi interface code
+// Copyright (C) 2005-2006 Stephen Stair - sgstair@akkit.org - http://www.akkit.org
+// wifi_arm7.h - arm7 wifi interface header
+/****************************************************************************** 
+DSWifi Lib and test materials are licenced under the MIT open source licence:
+Copyright (c) 2005-2006 Stephen Stair
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
+of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do
+so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+SOFTWARE.
+******************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef WIFI_ARM7_H
+#define WIFI_ARM7_H
+
+#ifndef ARM7
+#error Wifi is only accessible from the ARM7
+#endif
+
+
+// keepalive updated in the update handler, which should be called in vblank
+// keepalive set for 2 minutes.
+#define WIFI_KEEPALIVE_COUNT		(60*60*2)
+
+
+#define WIFI_REG(ofs) (*((volatile u16 *)(0x04800000+(ofs))))
+// Wifi regs
+#define W_WEPKEY0		(((volatile u16 *)(0x04805F80)))
+#define W_WEPKEY1		(((volatile u16 *)(0x04805FA0)))
+#define W_WEPKEY2		(((volatile u16 *)(0x04805FC0)))
+#define W_WEPKEY3		(((volatile u16 *)(0x04805FE0)))
+
+#define W_MODE_RST		(*((volatile u16 *)(0x04800004)))
+#define W_MODE_WEP		(*((volatile u16 *)(0x04800006)))
+#define W_IF			(*((volatile u16 *)(0x04800010)))
+#define W_IE			(*((volatile u16 *)(0x04800012)))
+#define W_MACADDR		(((volatile u16 *)(0x04800018)))
+#define W_BSSID			(((volatile u16 *)(0x04800020)))
+#define W_AIDS			(*((volatile u16 *)(0x04800028)))
+#define W_RETRLIMIT		(*((volatile u16 *)(0x0480002C)))
+#define W_POWERSTATE	(*((volatile u16 *)(0x0480003C)))
+#define W_RANDOM		(*((volatile u16 *)(0x04800044)))
+
+#define W_BBSIOCNT		(*((volatile u16 *)(0x04800158)))
+#define W_BBSIOWRITE	(*((volatile u16 *)(0x0480015A)))
+#define W_BBSIOREAD		(*((volatile u16 *)(0x0480015C)))
+#define W_BBSIOBUSY		(*((volatile u16 *)(0x0480015E)))
+#define W_RFSIODATA2	(*((volatile u16 *)(0x0480017C)))
+#define W_RFSIODATA1	(*((volatile u16 *)(0x0480017E)))
+#define W_RFSIOBUSY		(*((volatile u16 *)(0x04800180)))
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#include "wifi_shared.h"
+
+extern volatile Wifi_MainStruct * WifiData;
+
+// Wifi Sync Handler function: Callback function that is called when the arm9 needs to be told to synchronize with new fifo data.
+// If this callback is used (see Wifi_SetSyncHandler()), it should send a message via the fifo to the arm9, which will call Wifi_Sync() on arm9.
+typedef void (*WifiSyncHandler)();
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+
+extern void Read_Flash(int address, char * destination, int length);
+extern void InitFlashData();
+extern int ReadFlashByte(int address);
+extern int ReadFlashHWord(int address);
+extern int ReadFlashBytes(int address, int numbytes);
+
+extern int Wifi_BBRead(int a);
+extern int Wifi_BBWrite(int a, int b);
+extern void Wifi_RFWrite(int writedata);
+
+extern void Wifi_RFInit();
+extern void Wifi_BBInit();
+extern void Wifi_WakeUp();
+extern void Wifi_Shutdown();
+extern void Wifi_MacInit();
+extern void Wifi_Interrupt();
+extern void Wifi_Update();
+
+extern void Wifi_CopyMacAddr(volatile void * dest, volatile void * src);
+extern int Wifi_CmpMacAddr(volatile void * mac1, volatile void * mac2);
+
+extern void Wifi_Init(u32 WifiData);
+extern void Wifi_Deinit();
+extern void Wifi_Start();
+extern void Wifi_Stop();
+extern void Wifi_SetChannel(int channel);
+extern void Wifi_SetWepKey(void * wepkey);
+extern void Wifi_SetWepMode(int wepmode);
+extern void Wifi_SetBeaconPeriod(int beacon_period);
+extern void Wifi_SetMode(int wifimode);
+extern void Wifi_SetPreambleType(int preamble_type);
+extern void Wifi_TxSetup();
+extern void Wifi_RxSetup();
+extern void Wifi_DisableTempPowerSave();
+
+extern int Wifi_SendOpenSystemAuthPacket();
+extern int Wifi_SendAssocPacket();
+extern int Wifi_SendNullFrame();
+extern int Wifi_SendPSPollFrame();
+extern int Wifi_ProcessReceivedFrame(int macbase, int framelen);
+
+extern void Wifi_Sync();
+extern void Wifi_SetSyncHandler(WifiSyncHandler sh);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+};
+#endif
+
+
+#endif

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/wifi_card.h

@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2021 Max Thomas
+ * Copyright (c) 2015-2016, Daz Jones
+ * This file is part of DSiWifi and is distributed under the MIT license.
+ * See dsiwifi_license.txt for terms of use.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _WIFI_CARD_H
+#define _WIFI_CARD_H
+
+#include "common.h"
+
+#include "wifi_sdio.h"
+
+// 3DS
+//#define REG_SDIO_BASE ((void*)0x10122000)
+
+// DSi
+#define REG_SDIO_BASE ((void*)0x4004A00)
+
+typedef enum {
+    wifi_card_dev_wlan = 0
+} wifi_card_device;
+
+typedef struct {
+    wifi_card_device device;
+
+    wifi_sdio_ctx tmio;
+} wifi_card_ctx;
+
+enum wpa_type_t
+{
+    WPATYPE_NONE = 0,
+    WPATYPE_WPA_TKIP = 4,
+    WPATYPE_WPA2_TKIP = 5,
+    WPATYPE_WPA_AES = 6,
+    WPATYPE_WPA2_AES = 7,
+};
+
+typedef struct {
+    u8 unk_00[0x40];
+    char ssid[0x20];
+    char ssid_wep64[0x20];
+    u8 wep_key1[0x10];
+    u8 wep_key2[0x10];
+    u8 wep_key3[0x10];
+    u8 wep_key4[0x10];
+    u8 ip[4];
+    u8 gateway[4];
+    u8 primary_dns[4];
+    u8 secondary_dns[4];
+    u8 subnet_mask;
+    u8 unk_D1[0x15];
+    u8 wep_mode;
+    u8 status; // 00 = Normal, 01 = AOSS, FF = not configured/deleted
+    u8 unk_E8;
+    u8 unk_E9;
+    u16 mtu;
+    u8 unk_EC[3];
+    u8 slot_idx;
+    u8 wfc_uid[6];
+    u8 unk_F6[0x8];
+    u16 crc16_0_to_FD;
+} nvram_cfg_wep;
+
+typedef struct {
+    char proxy_username[0x20];
+    char proxy_password[0x20];
+    char ssid[0x20];
+    char ssid_wep64[0x20];
+    u8 wep_key1[0x10];
+    u8 wep_key2[0x10];
+    u8 wep_key3[0x10];
+    u8 wep_key4[0x10];
+    u8 ip[4];
+    u8 gateway[4];
+    u8 primary_dns[4];
+    u8 secondary_dns[4];
+    u8 subnet_mask;
+    u8 unk_D1[0x15];
+    u8 wep_mode;
+    u8 wpa_mode;
+    u8 ssid_len;
+    u8 unk_E9;
+    u16 mtu;
+    u8 unk_EC[3];
+    u8 slot_idx;
+    u8 unk_F0[0xE];
+    u16 crc16_0_to_FD;
+    u8 pmk[0x20];
+    char pass[0x40];
+    u8 unk_160[0x21];
+    u8 wpa_type;
+    u8 proxy_en;
+    u8 proxy_auth_en;
+    char proxy_name[0x30];
+    u8 unk_1B4[0x34];
+    u16 proxy_port;
+    u8 unk_1EA[0x14];
+    u16 crc16_100_to_1FE;
+} nvram_cfg;
+
+#define F1_HOST_INT_STATUS      (0x400)
+#define F1_CPU_INT_STATUS       (0x401)
+#define F1_ERROR_INT_STATUS     (0x402)
+#define F1_COUNTER_INT_STATUS   (0x403)
+#define F1_MBOX_FRAME           (0x404)
+#define F1_RX_LOOKAHEAD_VALID   (0x405)
+#define F1_RX_LOOKAHEAD0        (0x408)
+#define F1_RX_LOOKAHEAD1        (0x40C)
+#define F1_RX_LOOKAHEAD2        (0x410)
+#define F1_RX_LOOKAHEAD3        (0x414)
+#define F1_INT_STATUS_ENABLE    (0x418)
+#define F1_COUNT4               (0x450)
+
+extern nvram_cfg_wep wifi_card_nvram_wep_configs[3];
+extern nvram_cfg wifi_card_nvram_configs[3];
+
+u32 wifi_card_read_func1_u32(u32 addr);
+void wifi_card_write_func1_u32(u32 addr, u32 val);
+
+u8 wifi_card_read_func0_u8(u32 addr);
+int wifi_card_write_func0_u8(u32 addr, u8 val);
+
+u32 wifi_card_read_intern_word(u32 addr);
+void wifi_card_write_intern_word(u32 addr, u32 data);
+
+void wifi_card_mbox0_send_packet(u8 type, u8 ack_type, const u8* data, u16 len, u16 idk);
+u16 wifi_card_mbox0_readpkt(void);
+
+void data_send_pkt_idk(u8* pkt_data, u32 len);
+void data_send_pkt(u8* pkt_data, u32 len);
+void data_send_test(const u8* dst_bssid, const u8* src_bssid, u16 idk);
+
+u32 wifi_card_host_interest_addr();
+
+void wifi_card_init(void);
+void wifi_card_deinit(void);
+bool wifi_card_initted();
+
+int wifi_card_device_init(wifi_card_device device);
+wifi_card_ctx* wifi_card_get_context(wifi_card_device device);
+
+void wifi_card_switch_device(wifi_card_ctx* ctx);
+void wifi_card_send_command(wifi_sdio_command cmd, u32 args);
+void wifi_card_send_command_alt(wifi_sdio_command cmd, u32 args);
+
+void wifi_card_setclk(u32 data);
+void wifi_card_stop(void);
+
+void wifi_card_send_ready();
+void wifi_card_send_connect();
+
+#endif

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/wifi_debug.twl.c

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2021 Max Thomas
+ * This file is part of DSiWifi and is distributed under the MIT license.
+ * See dsiwifi_license.txt for terms of use.
+ */
+
+#include "wifi_debug.h"
+
+#include <nds.h>
+#include <nds/interrupts.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+#include "dsiwifi_cmds.h"
+
+char _print_buffer[0x7C] = {0};
+extern int wifi_printf_allowed;
+
+void wifi_printf(char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    if (!wifi_printf_allowed) return;
+    
+    int lock = enterCriticalSection();
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    vsnprintf(_print_buffer, 0x7C-1, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+
+    wifi_ipcSendStringAlt(_print_buffer);
+    leaveCriticalSection(lock);
+}
+
+void wifi_printlnf(char* fmt, ...)
+{
+    if (!wifi_printf_allowed) return;
+    
+    int lock = enterCriticalSection();
+    va_list args;
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    vsnprintf(_print_buffer, 0x7C-2, fmt, args);
+    strcat(_print_buffer, "\n");
+    va_end(args);
+
+    wifi_ipcSendStringAlt(_print_buffer);
+    leaveCriticalSection(lock);
+}
+
+void wifi_ipcSendStringAlt(char* ptr) {
+    if (!wifi_printf_allowed) return;
+
+    Wifi_FifoMsgExt msg;
+    msg.cmd = WIFI_IPCINT_DBGLOG;
+    for (int i = 0; i <= strlen(ptr); i += sizeof(msg.log_str)-1)
+    {
+        strncpy(msg.log_str, &ptr[i], sizeof(msg.log_str));
+        msg.log_str[sizeof(msg.log_str) - 1] = 0;
+
+        fifoSendDatamsg(FIFO_DSWIFI, sizeof(msg), (u8*)&msg);
+    }
+}

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/wifi_gpio.h

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2021 Max Thomas
+ * This file is part of DSiWifi and is distributed under the MIT license.
+ * See dsiwifi_license.txt for terms of use.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DSIWIFI_WIFI_GPIO_H
+#define _DSIWIFI_WIFI_GPIO_H
+
+#endif // _DSIWIFI_WIFI_GPIO_H

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/wifi_ndma.h

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2021 Max Thomas
+ * This file is part of DSiWifi and is distributed under the MIT license.
+ * See dsiwifi_license.txt for terms of use.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DSIWIFI_WIFI_NDMA_H
+#define _DSIWIFI_WIFI_NDMA_H
+
+#include <nds.h>
+
+#ifdef ARM11
+#define REG_NDMA_BASE             ((void*)0x10002000)
+#else
+#define REG_NDMA_BASE             ((void*)0x04004100) // DSi ARM7
+#endif
+
+// Regs
+#define REG_NDMA_GLOBAL_CNT       (*(vu32*)(REG_NDMA_BASE + 0x0000))
+
+#define REG_NDMA_SRC_ADDR(n)      (*(vu32*)(REG_NDMA_BASE + 0x0004 + ((n) * 0x1C)))
+#define REG_NDMA_DST_ADDR(n)      (*(vu32*)(REG_NDMA_BASE + 0x0008 + ((n) * 0x1C)))
+#define REG_NDMA_TRANSFER_CNT(n)  (*(vu32*)(REG_NDMA_BASE + 0x000C + ((n) * 0x1C)))
+#define REG_NDMA_WRITE_CNT(n)     (*(vu32*)(REG_NDMA_BASE + 0x0010 + ((n) * 0x1C)))
+#define REG_NDMA_BLOCK_CNT(n)     (*(vu32*)(REG_NDMA_BASE + 0x0014 + ((n) * 0x1C)))
+#define REG_NDMA_FILL_DATA(n)     (*(vu32*)(REG_NDMA_BASE + 0x0018 + ((n) * 0x1C)))
+#define REG_NDMA_CNT(n)           (*(vu32*)(REG_NDMA_BASE + 0x001C + ((n) * 0x1C)))
+
+// NDMA_GLOBAL_CNT bits
+#define NDMA_GLOBAL_ENABLE        (BIT(0))
+
+#define NDMA_ROUND_ROBIN          (1 << 31)
+#define NDMA_FIXED_METHOD         (0 << 31)
+
+// NDMA_CNT bits
+#define NDMA_ENABLE               (BIT(31))
+#define NDMA_IRQ_ENABLE           (BIT(30))
+#define NDMA_REPEATING_MODE       (BIT(29))
+#define NDMA_IMMEDIATE_MODE       (BIT(28))
+
+#define NDMA_STARTUP_MODE(n)      ((n & 0xF) << 24)
+#define NDMA_BLOCK_SIZE(n)        ((n & 0xF) << 16)
+
+#define NDMA_SRC_RELOAD           (BIT(15))
+#define NDMA_SRC_MODE(n)          ((n & 3) << 13)
+
+#define NDMA_DST_RELOAD           (BIT(12))
+#define NDMA_DST_MODE(n)          ((n & 3) << 10)
+
+// NDMA_STARTUP_MODE
+#define NDMA_STARTUP_WIFI (9)
+
+// SRC/DST_MODE
+#define NDMA_MODE_INC   (0)
+#define NDMA_MODE_DEC   (1)
+#define NDMA_MODE_FIXED (2)
+#define NDMA_MODE_FILL  (3)
+
+// End NDMA_CNT
+
+#define NDMA_MAX_CHANNELS (4)
+#define WIFI_NDMA_CHAN (3)
+
+//
+// Functions
+//
+void wifi_ndma_init();
+void wifi_ndma_read(void* dst, u32 len);
+void wifi_ndma_write(void* src, u32 len);
+void wifi_ndma_wait();
+
+#endif // _DSIWIFI_WIFI_NDMA_H

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/wifi_ndma.twl.c

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2021 Max Thomas
+ * This file is part of DSiWifi and is distributed under the MIT license.
+ * See dsiwifi_license.txt for terms of use.
+ */
+ 
+#include "wifi_ndma.h"
+
+#include "wifi_card.h"
+#include "wifi_sdio.h"
+
+void wifi_ndma_init()
+{
+    REG_NDMA_CNT(WIFI_NDMA_CHAN) = 0;
+
+    REG_NDMA_GLOBAL_CNT = NDMA_GLOBAL_ENABLE | NDMA_FIXED_METHOD;
+}
+
+void wifi_ndma_read(void* dst, u32 len)
+{
+    REG_NDMA_SRC_ADDR(WIFI_NDMA_CHAN) = (u32)(REG_SDIO_BASE + WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_DATA32_FIFO);
+    REG_NDMA_DST_ADDR(WIFI_NDMA_CHAN) = (u32)(dst);
+    REG_NDMA_TRANSFER_CNT(WIFI_NDMA_CHAN) = len / 4;
+    REG_NDMA_WRITE_CNT(WIFI_NDMA_CHAN) = 0x80 / 4; // logical block size, set to SDIO block len
+    
+    // Physical block size is also set to 0x80 bytes, there's probably a better value
+    // depending on what memory we're transferring to
+    REG_NDMA_CNT(WIFI_NDMA_CHAN) = NDMA_ENABLE | NDMA_BLOCK_SIZE(0x80 / 4) | NDMA_STARTUP_MODE(NDMA_STARTUP_WIFI) | NDMA_SRC_MODE(NDMA_MODE_FIXED) | NDMA_DST_MODE(NDMA_MODE_INC);
+}
+
+void wifi_ndma_write(void* src, u32 len)
+{
+    while (REG_NDMA_CNT(WIFI_NDMA_CHAN) & NDMA_ENABLE);
+
+    REG_NDMA_SRC_ADDR(WIFI_NDMA_CHAN) = (u32)(src);
+    REG_NDMA_DST_ADDR(WIFI_NDMA_CHAN) = (u32)(REG_SDIO_BASE + WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_DATA32_FIFO);
+    REG_NDMA_TRANSFER_CNT(WIFI_NDMA_CHAN) = len / 4;
+    REG_NDMA_WRITE_CNT(WIFI_NDMA_CHAN) = 0x80 / 4; // logical block size, set to SDIO block len
+    
+    // Physical block size is also set to 0x80 bytes, there's probably a better value
+    // depending on what memory we're transferring to
+    REG_NDMA_CNT(WIFI_NDMA_CHAN) = NDMA_ENABLE | NDMA_BLOCK_SIZE(0x80 / 4) | NDMA_STARTUP_MODE(NDMA_STARTUP_WIFI) | NDMA_SRC_MODE(NDMA_MODE_INC) | NDMA_DST_MODE(NDMA_MODE_FIXED);
+}
+
+void wifi_ndma_wait()
+{
+    while (REG_NDMA_CNT(WIFI_NDMA_CHAN) & NDMA_ENABLE);
+}
+

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/wifi_sdio.h

@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2021 Max Thomas
+ * This file is part of DSiWifi and is distributed under the MIT license.
+ * See dsiwifi_license.txt for terms of use.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _WIFI_SDIO_H
+#define _WIFI_SDIO_H
+
+#include "common.h"
+
+// Toggle for debug features.
+#define WIFI_SDIO_DEBUG
+
+// Toggle for DATA32 support.
+#define WIFI_SDIO_DATA32
+
+// TMIO register offsets.
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_CMD             (0x000)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_PORT_SEL        (0x002)
+
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_CMD_PARAM       (0x004)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_CMD_PARAM0      (0x004)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_CMD_PARAM1      (0x006)
+
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_STOP            (0x008)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_DATA16_BLK_CNT  (0x00A)
+
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_RESP0           (0x00C)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_RESP1           (0x00E)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_RESP2           (0x010)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_RESP3           (0x012)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_RESP4           (0x014)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_RESP5           (0x016)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_RESP6           (0x018)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_RESP7           (0x01A)
+
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_IRQ_STAT        (0x01C)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_IRQ_STAT0       (0x01C)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_IRQ_STAT1       (0x01E)
+
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_IRQ_MASK        (0x020)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_IRQ_MASK0       (0x020)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_IRQ_MASK1       (0x022)
+
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_CLK_CNT         (0x024)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_DATA16_BLK_LEN  (0x026)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_CARD_OPT        (0x028)
+
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_ERR_DETAIL      (0x02C)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_ERR_DETAIL0     (0x02C)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_ERR_DETAIL1     (0x02E)
+
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_DATA16_FIFO     (0x030)
+
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_CARDIRQ_CTL     (0x034)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_CARDIRQ_STAT    (0x036)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_CARDIRQ_MASK    (0x038)
+
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_DATA16_CNT      (0x0D8)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_RESET           (0x0E0)
+
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_PROTECTED       (0x0F6) // Bit 0 determines if SD is protected or not?
+
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_IRQ32           (0x100)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_DATA32_BLK_LEN  (0x104)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_DATA32_BLK_CNT  (0x108)
+
+#ifdef ARM11
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_DATA32_FIFO     (0x200000u)
+#else
+#define WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_DATA32_FIFO     (0x10C)
+#endif
+
+// WIFI_SDIO_STAT status bits.
+#define WIFI_SDIO_STAT0_CMDRESPEND     (0x0001)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_STAT0_DATAEND        (0x0004)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_STAT0_CARD_REMOVE    (0x0008)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_STAT0_CARD_INSERT    (0x0010)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_STAT0_SIGSTATE       (0x0020)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_STAT0_WRPROTECT      (0x0080)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_STAT0_CARD_REMOVE_A  (0x0100)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_STAT0_CARD_INSERT_A  (0x0200)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_STAT0_SIGSTATE_A     (0x0400)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_STAT1_CMD_IDX_ERR    (0x0001)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_STAT1_CRCFAIL        (0x0002)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_STAT1_STOPBIT_ERR    (0x0004)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_STAT1_DATATIMEOUT    (0x0008)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_STAT1_RXOVERFLOW     (0x0010)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_STAT1_TXUNDERRUN     (0x0020)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_STAT1_CMDTIMEOUT     (0x0040)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_STAT1_RXRDY          (0x0100)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_STAT1_TXRQ           (0x0200)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_STAT1_ILL_FUNC       (0x2000)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_STAT1_CMD_BUSY       (0x4000)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_STAT1_ILL_ACCESS     (0x8000)
+
+#define WIFI_SDIO_MASK_ALL             (0x837F031D)
+
+#define WIFI_SDIO_MASK_READOP          (WIFI_SDIO_STAT1_RXRDY | WIFI_SDIO_STAT1_DATAEND)
+#define WIFI_SDIO_MASK_WRITEOP         (WIFI_SDIO_STAT1_TXRQ  | WIFI_SDIO_STAT1_DATAEND)
+
+#define WIFI_SDIO_MASK_ERR             (WIFI_SDIO_STAT1_ILL_ACCESS | WIFI_SDIO_STAT1_CMDTIMEOUT | WIFI_SDIO_STAT1_TXUNDERRUN | WIFI_SDIO_STAT1_RXOVERFLOW | \
+                                   WIFI_SDIO_STAT1_DATATIMEOUT | WIFI_SDIO_STAT1_STOPBIT_ERR | WIFI_SDIO_STAT1_CRCFAIL | WIFI_SDIO_STAT1_CMD_IDX_ERR)
+
+typedef struct {
+    void* controller;
+    u16 address;
+    u8 port;
+    bool debug;
+
+    u32 clk_cnt;
+    u8 bus_width;
+
+    void* buffer;
+    size_t size;
+
+    u32 resp[4];
+    u32 status;
+
+    u16 stat0;
+    u16 stat1;
+
+    u16 err0;
+    u16 err1;
+
+    u16 block_size;
+
+    bool break_early;
+} wifi_sdio_ctx;
+
+typedef union
+{
+    struct {
+        u32 cmd:6;
+
+        u32 command_type:2;
+        u32 response_type:3;
+
+        u32 data_transfer:1;
+        u32 data_direction:1;
+        u32 data_length:1;
+
+        u32 secure:1;
+        u32 unknown:1;
+    };
+
+    u16 raw;
+} wifi_sdio_command;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+    wifi_sdio_single_block = 0,
+    wifi_sdio_multiple_block = 1
+} wifi_sdio_data_length;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+    wifi_sdio_data_write = 0,
+    wifi_sdio_data_read = 1
+} wifi_sdio_data_direction;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+    wifi_sdio_cmd = 0,
+    wifi_sdio_acmd = 1
+} wifi_sdio_command_type;
+
+typedef enum
+{
+    /*
+     * Response size - the TMIO controller does some pre-processing on commands and their
+     * responses. The response returned by the controller following its processing has had
+     * the CRC7 bits (the controller asserts an IRQ with a CRC7 bit set in IRQ_STAT if invalid),
+     * end bit, start bit, direction bit and command index removed. This (usually) amounts to
+     * 16 bits, which gets us our returned (from the controller) 32-bit word for commands with
+     * 48-bit responses.
+     *
+     * Commands with 136-bit responses (such as SEND_CSD and ALL_SEND_CID) have 8 bits
+     * removed, this includes the start bit, transmission bit, end bit and the 6 reserved
+     * bits, which leaves us with the raw 128-bit (4 32-bit response words) CID or CSD register.
+     * These registers are actually meant to have an internal CRC7, but this is also removed
+     * (actually cleared to zero) by the controller, since we need the SHA of the CID in
+     * a 120-bit form padded to 128-bits with zeroes in order to decrypt the eMMC partitions,
+     * and we've been doing that for months via the ALL_SEND_CID command (which would give us
+     * an incorrect result if the CRC7 bits were preserved).
+     */
+    wifi_sdio_resp_none = 3,
+    wifi_sdio_resp_48bit = 4,
+    wifi_sdio_resp_48bit_busy = 5,
+    wifi_sdio_resp_136bit = 6,
+    wifi_sdio_resp_48bit_ocr_no_crc7 = 7
+} wifi_sdio_response_type;
+
+void wifi_sdio_controller_init(void* controller);
+void wifi_sdio_switch_device(wifi_sdio_ctx* ctx);
+void wifi_sdio_send_command(wifi_sdio_ctx* ctx, wifi_sdio_command cmd, u32 args);
+void wifi_sdio_send_command_alt(wifi_sdio_ctx* ctx, wifi_sdio_command cmd, u32 args);
+
+u16 wifi_sdio_read16(void* controller, u32 reg);
+u32 wifi_sdio_read32(void* controller, u32 reg);
+void wifi_sdio_write16(void* controller, u32 reg, u16 val);
+void wifi_sdio_write32(void* controller, u32 reg, u32 val);
+void wifi_sdio_mask16(void* controller, u32 reg, u16 clear, u16 set);
+
+u32 wifi_sdio_read32(void* controller, u32 reg);
+void wifi_sdio_write32(void* controller, u32 reg, u32 val);
+void wifi_sdio_mask32(void* controller, u32 reg, u32 clear, u32 set);
+
+void wifi_sdio_stop(void* controller);
+void wifi_sdio_setclk(void* controller, u32 data);
+
+void wifi_sdio_enable_cardirq(void* controller, bool en);
+
+#endif
+

third_party/dsiwifi/arm_iop/source/wifi_sdio.twl.c

@@ -0,0 +1,373 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2021 Max Thomas
+ * This file is part of DSiWifi and is distributed under the MIT license.
+ * See dsiwifi_license.txt for terms of use.
+ */
+
+#include "wifi_sdio.h"
+
+#ifdef WIFI_SDIO_DEBUG
+#include "wifi_debug.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "wifi_ndma.h"
+
+#define WIFI_SDIO_NDMA
+
+void wifi_sdio_controller_init(void* controller)
+{
+    void* c = controller;
+    if(!c) return;
+
+    wifi_sdio_mask16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_IRQ32, 0x0800, 0x0000);
+    wifi_sdio_mask16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_IRQ32, 0x1000, 0x0000);
+    wifi_sdio_mask16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_IRQ32, 0x0000, 0x0402);
+
+    wifi_sdio_mask16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_DATA16_CNT, 0x0022, 0x0002);
+
+    wifi_sdio_mask16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_DATA16_CNT, 0x0020, 0x0000);
+    wifi_sdio_write16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_DATA32_BLK_LEN, 128);
+
+    wifi_sdio_write16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_DATA32_BLK_CNT, 0x0001);
+
+    wifi_sdio_mask16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_RESET, 0x0003, 0x0000);
+    wifi_sdio_mask16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_RESET, 0x0000, 0x0003);
+
+    // Disable all interrupts.
+    wifi_sdio_write32(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_IRQ_MASK, 0xFFFFFFFF);
+
+    wifi_sdio_mask16(c, 0x0FC, 0x0000, 0x00DB);
+    wifi_sdio_mask16(c, 0x0FE, 0x0000, 0x00DB);
+
+    wifi_sdio_mask16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_PORT_SEL, 0b11, 0);
+
+    wifi_sdio_write16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_CLK_CNT, 0x0020);
+    wifi_sdio_write16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_CARD_OPT, 0x40EE);
+
+    wifi_sdio_mask16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_IRQ32, 0x8000, 0x0000);
+    wifi_sdio_mask16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_IRQ32, 0x0000, 0x0100);
+    wifi_sdio_mask16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_IRQ32, 0x0100, 0x0000);
+
+    wifi_sdio_mask16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_PORT_SEL, 0b11, 0);
+
+    wifi_sdio_write16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_DATA16_BLK_LEN, 128);
+    wifi_sdio_write16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_STOP, 0x0100);
+}
+
+void wifi_sdio_send_command(wifi_sdio_ctx* ctx, wifi_sdio_command cmd, u32 args)
+{
+    if(!ctx) return;
+    void* c = ctx->controller;
+    if(!c) return;
+
+    // Safety fallback
+    if (!ctx->block_size)
+        ctx->block_size = 512;
+
+    void* buffer = ctx->buffer;
+    size_t size = ctx->size;
+
+    ctx->status = 0;
+    u16 stat0 = 0, stat1 = 0;
+    u16 stat0_completion_flags = 0;
+
+    u16 cnt32 = 0;
+
+    // Are we expecting a response? We need to wait for it.
+    if(cmd.response_type != wifi_sdio_resp_none)
+        stat0_completion_flags |= WIFI_SDIO_STAT0_CMDRESPEND;
+
+    // Are we doing a data transfer? We need to wait for it to end.
+    if(cmd.data_transfer)
+        stat0_completion_flags |= WIFI_SDIO_STAT0_DATAEND;
+
+#ifdef WIFI_SDIO_DEBUG
+    if(ctx->debug)
+        wifi_printlnf("CMD#: 0x%04X (%u) (%X) -> %u:%u",
+                cmd.raw, cmd.cmd, stat0_completion_flags, ctx->port, ctx->address);
+#endif
+
+    bool buffer32 = false;
+    if(buffer && ((u32)buffer & 3) == 0) buffer32 = true;
+    
+    // Force alignment
+    if (buffer && !buffer32) {
+        ctx->status |= 4;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Wait until the SDIO controller is not busy.
+    while(wifi_sdio_read16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_IRQ_STAT1) & WIFI_SDIO_STAT1_CMD_BUSY);
+
+    // ACK all interrupts and halt
+    wifi_sdio_write16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_IRQ_STAT0, 0);
+    wifi_sdio_write16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_IRQ_STAT1, 0);
+    //wifi_sdio_mask16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_STOP, 1, 0);
+    
+    // Write command arguments.
+    wifi_sdio_write16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_CMD_PARAM0, args & 0xFFFF);
+    wifi_sdio_write16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_CMD_PARAM1, args >> 16);
+
+    // Set block len and counts
+    wifi_sdio_write16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_DATA16_BLK_LEN, ctx->block_size);
+    wifi_sdio_write16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_DATA16_BLK_CNT, size / ctx->block_size);
+    
+    wifi_sdio_write16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_DATA32_BLK_LEN, ctx->block_size);
+    wifi_sdio_write16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_DATA32_BLK_CNT, size / ctx->block_size);    
+
+    // Data32 mode
+    bool is_block = (cmd.data_length == wifi_sdio_multiple_block);
+    if (is_block) {
+        wifi_sdio_write16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_DATA16_CNT, 0x0002);
+        if(cmd.data_direction == wifi_sdio_data_read)
+            wifi_sdio_write16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_IRQ32, 0xC02);
+        else
+            wifi_sdio_write16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_IRQ32, 0x1402);
+    }
+
+    // Write command.
+    wifi_sdio_write16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_CMD, cmd.raw);
+
+#ifdef WIFI_SDIO_NDMA
+    if(cmd.data_direction == wifi_sdio_data_read && is_block && buffer)
+    {
+        wifi_ndma_read(buffer, size);
+        return;
+    }
+    else if (cmd.data_direction == wifi_sdio_data_write && is_block && buffer)
+    {
+        wifi_ndma_write(buffer, size);
+        return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    while(true)
+    {
+        stat1 = wifi_sdio_read16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_IRQ_STAT1);
+
+        cnt32 = wifi_sdio_read16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_IRQ32);
+
+        // Ready to receive data.
+        if(cnt32 & 0x100)
+        {
+            // Are we actually meant to receive data?
+            if(cmd.data_direction == wifi_sdio_data_read && buffer)
+            {
+                // ACK ready state.
+                wifi_sdio_mask16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_IRQ_STAT1, WIFI_SDIO_STAT1_RXRDY, 0);
+
+                if(size > ctx->block_size - 1)
+                {
+//#ifdef WIFI_SDIO_NDMA
+                    //wifi_ndma_read(buffer, ctx->block_size);
+                    //buffer += ctx->block_size;
+//#else
+                    void* buffer_end = buffer + ctx->block_size;
+                    
+                    while(buffer != buffer_end)
+                    {
+                        *(u32*)buffer = wifi_sdio_read32(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_DATA32_FIFO);
+                        
+                        //wifi_printlnf("asdf %x", *(u32*)buffer);
+                        
+                        buffer += sizeof(u32);
+                    }
+//#endif
+                    size -= ctx->block_size;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Data transmission requested.
+        //if(!(cnt32 & 0x200))
+        if(stat1 & WIFI_SDIO_STAT1_TXRQ)
+        {
+            // Are we actually meant to write data?
+            if(cmd.data_direction == wifi_sdio_data_write && buffer)
+            {
+                // ACK request.
+                wifi_sdio_mask16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_IRQ_STAT1, WIFI_SDIO_STAT1_TXRQ, 0);
+
+                if(size > ctx->block_size-1)
+                {
+//#ifdef WIFI_SDIO_NDMA
+                    //wifi_ndma_write(buffer, ctx->block_size);
+                    //buffer += ctx->block_size;
+//#else
+                    void* buffer_end = buffer + ctx->block_size;
+
+                    while(buffer != buffer_end)
+                    {
+                        u32 data = *(u32*)buffer;
+                        buffer += sizeof(u32);
+                        wifi_sdio_write32(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_DATA32_FIFO, data);
+                    }
+//#endif
+                    size -= ctx->block_size;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Has an error been asserted? Exit if so.
+        if(stat1 & WIFI_SDIO_MASK_ERR)
+        {
+#ifdef WIFI_SDIO_DEBUG
+            if(ctx->debug)
+                wifi_printlnf("ERR#: %04X 0000", stat1 & WIFI_SDIO_MASK_ERR);
+#endif
+            // Error flag.
+            ctx->status |= 4;
+            break;
+        }
+        
+        bool end_cond = !(stat1 & WIFI_SDIO_STAT1_CMD_BUSY);
+        if (is_block) {
+            stat0 = wifi_sdio_read16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_IRQ_STAT0);
+            end_cond = (stat0 & WIFI_SDIO_STAT0_CMDRESPEND && !size);
+        }
+
+        // Not busy...
+        if(end_cond)
+        {
+            stat0 = wifi_sdio_read16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_IRQ_STAT0);
+
+            // Set response end flag.
+            if(stat0 & WIFI_SDIO_STAT0_CMDRESPEND)
+                ctx->status |= 1;
+
+            // Set data end flag.
+            if(stat0 & WIFI_SDIO_STAT0_DATAEND)
+                ctx->status |= 2;
+
+            // If done (all completion criteria), exit.
+            if((stat0 & stat0_completion_flags) == stat0_completion_flags)
+                break;
+        }
+
+        if(ctx->break_early && !size)
+        {
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    ctx->stat0 = wifi_sdio_read16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_IRQ_STAT0);
+    ctx->stat1 = wifi_sdio_read16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_IRQ_STAT1);
+
+    ctx->err0 = wifi_sdio_read16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_ERR_DETAIL0);
+    ctx->err1 = wifi_sdio_read16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_ERR_DETAIL1);
+
+    // ACK all interrupts.
+    wifi_sdio_write16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_IRQ_STAT0, 0);
+    wifi_sdio_write16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_IRQ_STAT1, 0);
+
+    // If the command has a response, pull it in to sdmmc_ctx.
+    if(cmd.response_type != wifi_sdio_resp_none)
+    {
+        ctx->resp[0] = wifi_sdio_read16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_RESP0) | (u32)(wifi_sdio_read16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_RESP1) << 16);
+        ctx->resp[1] = wifi_sdio_read16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_RESP2) | (u32)(wifi_sdio_read16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_RESP3) << 16);
+        ctx->resp[2] = wifi_sdio_read16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_RESP4) | (u32)(wifi_sdio_read16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_RESP5) << 16);
+        ctx->resp[3] = wifi_sdio_read16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_RESP6) | (u32)(wifi_sdio_read16(c, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_RESP7) << 16);
+    }
+
+#ifdef WIFI_SDIO_DEBUG
+    if(ctx->debug)
+    {
+        wifi_printlnf("STAT: %04X %04X (%X) INFO: %04X %04X", ctx->stat1, ctx->stat0,
+                ctx->status, ctx->err1, ctx->err0);
+
+        if(cmd.response_type != wifi_sdio_resp_none)
+        {
+            if(cmd.response_type == wifi_sdio_resp_136bit) {
+                wifi_printlnf("RESP: %08lX %08lX %08lX %08lX",
+                        ctx->resp[0], ctx->resp[1], ctx->resp[2], ctx->resp[3]);
+            } else {
+                wifi_printlnf("RESP: %08lX", ctx->resp[0]);
+            }
+        }
+
+        wifi_printlnf("");
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+void wifi_sdio_switch_device(wifi_sdio_ctx* ctx)
+{
+    if(!ctx) return;
+
+    // Reconfigure the bus to talk to the new device.
+    wifi_sdio_mask16(ctx->controller, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_PORT_SEL, 0b11, ctx->port);
+    wifi_sdio_setclk(ctx->controller, ctx->clk_cnt);
+
+    // WIFI_SDIO_CARD_OPT bit 15: bus width (0 = 4-bit, 1 = 1-bit).
+    if(ctx->bus_width == 4)
+        wifi_sdio_mask16(ctx->controller, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_CARD_OPT, BIT(15), 0);
+    else
+        wifi_sdio_mask16(ctx->controller, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_CARD_OPT, 0, BIT(15));
+}
+
+u16 wifi_sdio_read16(void* controller, u32 reg)
+{
+    return *(vu16*)(controller + reg);
+}
+
+u32 wifi_sdio_read32(void* controller, u32 reg)
+{
+    return *(vu32*)(controller + reg);
+}
+
+void wifi_sdio_write16(void* controller, u32 reg, u16 val)
+{
+    *(vu16*)(controller + reg) = val;
+}
+
+void wifi_sdio_write32(void* controller, u32 reg, u32 val)
+{
+    *(vu32*)(controller + reg) = val;
+}
+
+void wifi_sdio_mask16(void* controller, u32 reg, u16 clear, u16 set)
+{
+    u16 val = wifi_sdio_read16(controller, reg);
+    val &= ~clear;
+    val |= set;
+    wifi_sdio_write16(controller, reg, val);
+}
+
+void wifi_sdio_mask32(void* controller, u32 reg, u32 clear, u32 set)
+{
+    u32 val = wifi_sdio_read32(controller, reg);
+    val &= ~clear;
+    val |= set;
+    wifi_sdio_write32(controller, reg, val);
+}
+
+void wifi_sdio_setclk(void* controller, u32 data)
+{
+    wifi_sdio_mask16(controller, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_CLK_CNT, 0x100, 0);
+    wifi_sdio_mask16(controller, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_CLK_CNT, 0x2FF, data & 0x2FF);
+    wifi_sdio_mask16(controller, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_CLK_CNT, 0x0, 0x100);
+}
+
+void wifi_sdio_stop(void* controller)
+{
+    wifi_sdio_write16(controller, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_STOP, 0x100);
+}
+
+void wifi_sdio_enable_cardirq(void* controller, bool en)
+{
+    if (en)
+    {
+        wifi_sdio_mask16(controller, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_CARDIRQ_CTL, 0, 0x0001);
+        wifi_sdio_mask16(controller, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_CARDIRQ_MASK, 0x0003, 0);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        wifi_sdio_mask16(controller, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_CARDIRQ_CTL, 1, 0);
+        wifi_sdio_mask16(controller, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_CARDIRQ_MASK, 0, 3);
+    }
+}
+
+u16 wifi_sdio_get_cardirq_stat(void* controller)
+{
+    return wifi_sdio_read16(controller, WIFI_SDIO_OFFS_CARDIRQ_STAT);
+}